1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 16 /* 17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group. 18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in 19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE. 20 */ 21 struct hl_group 22 { 23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */ 24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */ 25 /* for normal terminals */ 26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */ 27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */ 28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */ 29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */ 30 /* for color terminals */ 31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */ 32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */ 33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */ 34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */ 35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */ 36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 37 /* for when using the GUI */ 38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */ 39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */ 40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */ 41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */ 42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */ 43 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */ 44 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 45 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */ 46 #endif 47 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */ 48 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */ 49 #endif 50 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */ 51 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */ 52 }; 53 54 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */ 55 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */ 56 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */ 57 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */ 58 59 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */ 60 61 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data))) 62 63 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL 64 static int include_default = FALSE; /* include "default" for expansion */ 65 static int include_link = FALSE; /* include "link" for expansion */ 66 #endif 67 68 /* 69 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the 70 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!). 71 */ 72 static char *(hl_name_table[]) = 73 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"}; 74 static int hl_attr_table[] = 75 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0}; 76 77 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep)); 78 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void)); 79 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx)); 80 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id)); 81 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name)); 82 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name)); 83 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id)); 84 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link)); 85 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx)); 86 87 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 88 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip)); 89 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip)); 90 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name)); 91 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name)); 92 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 93 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width)); 94 # endif 95 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip)); 96 #endif 97 98 /* 99 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF. 100 */ 101 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1) 102 103 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO) 104 105 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */ 106 107 /* different types of offsets that are possible */ 108 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */ 109 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */ 110 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */ 111 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */ 112 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */ 113 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */ 114 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */ 115 #define SPO_COUNT 7 116 117 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) = 118 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="}; 119 120 /* 121 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern. 122 * A match item consists of one pattern. 123 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns. 124 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m 125 * end patterns. 126 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end. 127 * 128 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end) 129 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end). 130 */ 131 typedef struct syn_pattern 132 { 133 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */ 134 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */ 135 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */ 136 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */ 137 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */ 138 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */ 139 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */ 140 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */ 141 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */ 142 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */ 143 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */ 144 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */ 145 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */ 146 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */ 147 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */ 148 } synpat_T; 149 150 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this: 151 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF) 152 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT)) 153 * When both are present, only one is used. 154 */ 155 156 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */ 157 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */ 158 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */ 159 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */ 160 161 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */ 162 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */ 163 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */ 164 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */ 165 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */ 166 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */ 167 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */ 168 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */ 169 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */ 170 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */ 171 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */ 172 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */ 173 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */ 174 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */ 175 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */ 176 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for 177 * si_flags and bs_flags. */ 178 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */ 179 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */ 180 181 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data)) 182 183 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */ 184 185 /* 186 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags: 187 */ 188 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */ 189 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */ 190 191 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data)) 192 193 /* 194 * Settings for keyword hash table. It uses a simplistic hash function: add 195 * all characters together, modulo KHASH_SIZE. 196 */ 197 #define KHASH_SIZE 512 198 #define KHASH_MASK (KHASH_SIZE - 1) 199 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */ 200 201 /* 202 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized. 203 */ 204 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */ 205 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 206 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */ 207 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */ 208 #endif 209 210 struct syn_cluster 211 { 212 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */ 213 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */ 214 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */ 215 }; 216 217 /* 218 * Methods of combining two clusters 219 */ 220 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */ 221 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */ 222 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */ 223 224 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((struct syn_cluster *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data)) 225 226 /* 227 * Syntax group IDs have different types: 228 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups 229 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) 230 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) 231 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) 232 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID) 233 */ 234 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */ 235 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */ 236 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */ 237 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */ 238 239 /* 240 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to 241 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so 242 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here. 243 */ 244 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep; 245 246 /* 247 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d 248 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the 249 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file. 250 */ 251 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0; 252 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0; 253 254 /* 255 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state 256 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no 257 * "keepend" on the stack. 258 */ 259 static int keepend_level = -1; 260 261 /* 262 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx. 263 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown. 264 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char) 265 */ 266 typedef struct state_item 267 { 268 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */ 269 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */ 270 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */ 271 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */ 272 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */ 273 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */ 274 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */ 275 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */ 276 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */ 277 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */ 278 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */ 279 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */ 280 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and 281 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */ 282 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */ 283 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */ 284 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start 285 * pattern */ 286 } stateitem_T; 287 288 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */ 289 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all 290 but contained groups */ 291 292 /* 293 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered, 294 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column. 295 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet. 296 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line. 297 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end) 298 */ 299 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */ 300 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */ 301 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */ 302 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */ 303 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */ 304 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */ 305 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */ 306 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */ 307 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */ 308 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL; 309 310 /* 311 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a 312 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero. 313 */ 314 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0) 315 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0) 316 317 /* 318 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine. 319 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid. 320 */ 321 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */ 322 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */ 323 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */ 324 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */ 325 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state 326 * after setting current_finished */ 327 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */ 328 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */ 329 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; 330 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */ 331 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */ 332 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */ 333 334 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx] 335 336 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid)); 337 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); 338 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void)); 339 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline)); 340 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void)); 341 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void)); 342 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p)); 343 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); 344 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp)); 345 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from)); 346 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void)); 347 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp)); 348 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void)); 349 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing)); 350 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying)); 351 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap)); 352 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si)); 353 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void)); 354 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx)); 355 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void)); 356 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force)); 357 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list)); 358 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained)); 359 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx)); 360 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void)); 361 362 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext)); 363 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p)); 364 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void)); 365 366 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit)); 367 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit)); 368 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra)); 369 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra)); 370 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void)); 371 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col)); 372 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si)); 373 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 374 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void)); 375 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx)); 376 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i)); 377 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i)); 378 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 379 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing)); 380 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 381 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 382 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 383 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 384 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 385 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name)); 386 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 387 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void)); 388 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void)); 389 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only)); 390 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id)); 391 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr)); 392 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr)); 393 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, keyentry_T **ktabp, int did_header, int attr)); 394 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, keyentry_T **ktabp)); 395 static void free_keywtab __ARGS((keyentry_T **ktabp)); 396 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list)); 397 static int syn_khash __ARGS((char_u *p)); 398 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end)); 399 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, int *flagsp, int keyword, int *sync_idx, short **cont_list, short **cont_in_list, short **next_list)); 400 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 401 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 402 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 403 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 404 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 405 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2)); 406 #else 407 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2)); 408 #endif 409 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 410 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name)); 411 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len)); 412 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len)); 413 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name)); 414 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void)); 415 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci)); 416 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 417 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list)); 418 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op)); 419 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp)); 420 421 /* 422 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called 423 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line. 424 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get 425 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and 426 * window. 427 */ 428 void 429 syntax_start(wp, lnum) 430 win_T *wp; 431 linenr_T lnum; 432 { 433 synstate_T *p; 434 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL; 435 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL; 436 synstate_T *sp, *prev; 437 linenr_T parsed_lnum; 438 linenr_T first_stored; 439 int dist; 440 441 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */ 442 443 /* 444 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state. 445 */ 446 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer) 447 { 448 invalidate_current_state(); 449 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer; 450 } 451 syn_win = wp; 452 453 /* 454 * Allocate syntax stack when needed. 455 */ 456 syn_stack_alloc(); 457 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL) 458 goto theend; /* out of memory */ 459 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick; 460 461 /* 462 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it. 463 */ 464 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) 465 && current_lnum < lnum 466 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 467 { 468 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); 469 if (!current_state_stored) 470 { 471 ++current_lnum; 472 (void)store_current_state(NULL); 473 } 474 475 /* 476 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current 477 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate 478 * current_state and figure it out below. 479 */ 480 if (current_lnum != lnum) 481 invalidate_current_state(); 482 } 483 else 484 invalidate_current_state(); 485 486 /* 487 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[]. 488 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state. 489 */ 490 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL) 491 { 492 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */ 493 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) 494 { 495 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum) 496 break; 497 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0) 498 { 499 last_valid = p; 500 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines) 501 last_min_valid = p; 502 } 503 } 504 if (last_min_valid != NULL) 505 load_current_state(last_min_valid); 506 } 507 508 /* 509 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to 510 * re-synchronize. 511 */ 512 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state)) 513 { 514 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid); 515 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines; 516 } 517 else 518 first_stored = current_lnum; 519 520 /* 521 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line. 522 * Save some entries for syncing with later on. 523 */ 524 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1; 525 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); 526 while (current_lnum < lnum) 527 { 528 syn_start_line(); 529 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); 530 ++current_lnum; 531 532 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid 533 * state, the current state is considered valid. */ 534 if (current_lnum >= first_stored) 535 { 536 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is 537 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved 538 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */ 539 if (prev == NULL) 540 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first; 541 else 542 sp = prev->sst_next; 543 if (sp != NULL 544 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum 545 && syn_stack_equal(sp)) 546 { 547 parsed_lnum = current_lnum; 548 prev = sp; 549 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum) 550 { 551 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum) 552 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */ 553 prev = sp; 554 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0) 555 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */ 556 break; 557 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0; 558 sp = sp->sst_next; 559 } 560 load_current_state(prev); 561 } 562 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line 563 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously 564 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */ 565 else if (prev == NULL 566 || current_lnum == lnum 567 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist) 568 prev = store_current_state(prev); 569 } 570 571 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current 572 * state will be wrong then. */ 573 line_breakcheck(); 574 if (got_int) 575 { 576 current_lnum = lnum; 577 break; 578 } 579 } 580 581 syn_start_line(); 582 583 theend: 584 reg_syn = FALSE; 585 } 586 587 /* 588 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we 589 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first. 590 */ 591 static void 592 clear_syn_state(p) 593 synstate_T *p; 594 { 595 int i; 596 garray_T *gap; 597 598 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) 599 { 600 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga); 601 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) 602 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch); 603 ga_clear(gap); 604 } 605 else 606 { 607 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++) 608 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch); 609 } 610 } 611 612 /* 613 * Cleanup the current_state stack. 614 */ 615 static void 616 clear_current_state() 617 { 618 int i; 619 stateitem_T *sip; 620 621 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data); 622 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++) 623 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch); 624 ga_clear(¤t_state); 625 } 626 627 /* 628 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum". 629 * 630 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is 631 * used: 632 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment. 633 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns. 634 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum". 635 */ 636 static void 637 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid) 638 win_T *wp; 639 linenr_T start_lnum; 640 synstate_T *last_valid; 641 { 642 buf_T *curbuf_save; 643 win_T *curwin_save; 644 pos_T cursor_save; 645 int idx; 646 linenr_T lnum; 647 linenr_T end_lnum; 648 linenr_T break_lnum; 649 int had_sync_point; 650 stateitem_T *cur_si; 651 synpat_T *spp; 652 char_u *line; 653 int found_flags = 0; 654 int found_match_idx = 0; 655 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0; 656 int found_current_col= 0; 657 lpos_T found_m_endpos; 658 659 /* 660 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around. 661 */ 662 invalidate_current_state(); 663 664 /* 665 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is 666 * there. 667 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in 668 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines, 669 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small. 670 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM. 671 */ 672 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum) 673 start_lnum = 1; 674 else 675 { 676 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1) 677 lnum = 1; 678 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10) 679 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2; 680 else 681 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2; 682 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0 683 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) 684 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines; 685 if (lnum >= start_lnum) 686 start_lnum = 1; 687 else 688 start_lnum -= lnum; 689 } 690 current_lnum = start_lnum; 691 692 /* 693 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment. 694 */ 695 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT) 696 { 697 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to 698 * use find_start_comment(). */ 699 curwin_save = curwin; 700 curwin = wp; 701 curbuf_save = curbuf; 702 curbuf = syn_buf; 703 704 /* 705 * Skip lines that end in a backslash. 706 */ 707 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum) 708 { 709 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1); 710 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\') 711 break; 712 } 713 current_lnum = start_lnum; 714 715 /* set cursor to start of search */ 716 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor; 717 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum; 718 wp->w_cursor.col = 0; 719 720 /* 721 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that 722 * defines the comment. 723 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines. 724 */ 725 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL) 726 { 727 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) 728 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id 729 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 730 { 731 validate_current_state(); 732 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK) 733 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 734 break; 735 } 736 } 737 738 /* restore cursor and buffer */ 739 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save; 740 curwin = curwin_save; 741 curbuf = curbuf_save; 742 } 743 744 /* 745 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns. 746 */ 747 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH) 748 { 749 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0 750 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) 751 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines; 752 else 753 break_lnum = 0; 754 755 end_lnum = start_lnum; 756 lnum = start_lnum; 757 while (--lnum > break_lnum) 758 { 759 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */ 760 line_breakcheck(); 761 if (got_int) 762 { 763 invalidate_current_state(); 764 current_lnum = start_lnum; 765 break; 766 } 767 768 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */ 769 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum) 770 { 771 load_current_state(last_valid); 772 break; 773 } 774 775 /* 776 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern. 777 */ 778 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1)) 779 continue; 780 781 /* 782 * Start with nothing on the state stack 783 */ 784 validate_current_state(); 785 786 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum) 787 { 788 syn_start_line(); 789 for (;;) 790 { 791 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE); 792 /* 793 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and 794 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line. 795 */ 796 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len) 797 { 798 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 799 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum) 800 { 801 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */ 802 current_lnum = end_lnum; 803 break; 804 } 805 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]); 806 found_flags = spp->sp_flags; 807 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx; 808 found_current_lnum = current_lnum; 809 found_current_col = current_col; 810 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos; 811 /* 812 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length 813 * match). 814 */ 815 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum) 816 { 817 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum; 818 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; 819 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum) 820 break; 821 } 822 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col) 823 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; 824 else 825 ++current_col; 826 827 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for 828 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. */ 829 ++current_col; 830 check_state_ends(); 831 --current_col; 832 } 833 else 834 break; 835 } 836 } 837 838 /* 839 * If a sync point was encountered, break here. 840 */ 841 if (found_flags) 842 { 843 /* 844 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the 845 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the 846 * state stack empty. 847 */ 848 clear_current_state(); 849 if (found_match_idx >= 0 850 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK) 851 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 852 853 /* 854 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point 855 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at 856 * the next line. 857 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum. 858 */ 859 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE) 860 { 861 if (current_state.ga_len) 862 { 863 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 864 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum; 865 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col; 866 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE); 867 check_keepend(); 868 } 869 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; 870 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum; 871 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); 872 ++current_lnum; 873 } 874 else 875 current_lnum = start_lnum; 876 877 break; 878 } 879 880 end_lnum = lnum; 881 invalidate_current_state(); 882 } 883 884 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */ 885 if (lnum <= break_lnum) 886 { 887 invalidate_current_state(); 888 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1; 889 } 890 } 891 892 validate_current_state(); 893 } 894 895 /* 896 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum". 897 */ 898 static int 899 syn_match_linecont(lnum) 900 linenr_T lnum; 901 { 902 regmmatch_T regmatch; 903 904 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL) 905 { 906 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic; 907 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog; 908 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0); 909 } 910 return FALSE; 911 } 912 913 /* 914 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line. 915 */ 916 static void 917 syn_start_line() 918 { 919 current_finished = FALSE; 920 current_col = 0; 921 922 /* 923 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the 924 * previous line and regions that have "keepend". 925 */ 926 if (current_state.ga_len > 0) 927 syn_update_ends(TRUE); 928 929 next_match_idx = -1; 930 ++current_line_id; 931 } 932 933 /* 934 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated. 935 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated. 936 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated. 937 */ 938 static void 939 syn_update_ends(startofline) 940 int startofline; 941 { 942 stateitem_T *cur_si; 943 int i; 944 945 if (startofline) 946 { 947 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a 948 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */ 949 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) 950 { 951 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); 952 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 953 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type 954 == SPTYPE_MATCH 955 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum) 956 { 957 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT; 958 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0; 959 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0; 960 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos; 961 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; 962 } 963 } 964 } 965 966 /* 967 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the 968 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may 969 * influence contained items. 970 * Then check for items ending in column 0. 971 */ 972 i = current_state.ga_len - 1; 973 if (keepend_level >= 0) 974 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i) 975 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND) 976 break; 977 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) 978 { 979 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); 980 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND) 981 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline)) 982 { 983 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */ 984 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum; 985 986 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT)) 987 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline); 988 } 989 } 990 check_keepend(); 991 check_state_ends(); 992 } 993 994 /**************************************** 995 * Handling of the state stack cache. 996 */ 997 998 /* 999 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE 1000 * 1001 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some 1002 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point. 1003 * 1004 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of 1005 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next. 1006 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2 1007 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack). 1008 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid 1009 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often. 1010 * 1011 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling 1012 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call 1013 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached 1014 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed, 1015 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line 1016 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum 1017 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change 1018 * the cached entry. 1019 * 1020 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed 1021 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the 1022 * start of the line is needed. 1023 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These 1024 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between 1025 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers 1026 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed 1027 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed. 1028 */ 1029 1030 /* 1031 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf". 1032 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere. 1033 */ 1034 void 1035 syn_stack_free_all(buf) 1036 buf_T *buf; 1037 { 1038 synstate_T *p; 1039 win_T *wp; 1040 1041 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL) 1042 { 1043 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) 1044 clear_syn_state(p); 1045 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array); 1046 buf->b_sst_array = NULL; 1047 buf->b_sst_len = 0; 1048 } 1049 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1050 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */ 1051 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1052 { 1053 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)) 1054 foldUpdateAll(wp); 1055 } 1056 #endif 1057 } 1058 1059 /* 1060 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed. 1061 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too 1062 * small, reallocate it. 1063 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time. 1064 */ 1065 static void 1066 syn_stack_alloc() 1067 { 1068 long len; 1069 synstate_T *to, *from; 1070 synstate_T *sstp; 1071 1072 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2; 1073 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES) 1074 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES; 1075 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES) 1076 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES; 1077 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len) 1078 { 1079 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */ 1080 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 1081 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2; 1082 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES) 1083 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES; 1084 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES) 1085 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES; 1086 1087 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL) 1088 { 1089 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack. 1090 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */ 1091 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len 1092 && syn_stack_cleanup()) 1093 ; 1094 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2) 1095 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2; 1096 } 1097 1098 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T))); 1099 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */ 1100 return; 1101 1102 to = sstp - 1; 1103 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL) 1104 { 1105 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */ 1106 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL; 1107 from = from->sst_next) 1108 { 1109 ++to; 1110 *to = *from; 1111 to->sst_next = to + 1; 1112 } 1113 } 1114 if (to != sstp - 1) 1115 { 1116 to->sst_next = NULL; 1117 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp; 1118 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1; 1119 } 1120 else 1121 { 1122 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL; 1123 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len; 1124 } 1125 1126 /* Create the list of free entries. */ 1127 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1; 1128 while (++to < sstp + len) 1129 to->sst_next = to + 1; 1130 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL; 1131 1132 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array); 1133 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp; 1134 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len; 1135 } 1136 } 1137 1138 /* 1139 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the 1140 * b_mod_* fields. 1141 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each 1142 * displayed buffer. 1143 */ 1144 void 1145 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf) 1146 buf_T *buf; 1147 { 1148 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np; 1149 linenr_T n; 1150 1151 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */ 1152 return; 1153 1154 prev = NULL; 1155 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; ) 1156 { 1157 if (p->sst_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top) 1158 { 1159 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines; 1160 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot) 1161 { 1162 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */ 1163 np = p->sst_next; 1164 if (prev == NULL) 1165 buf->b_sst_first = np; 1166 else 1167 prev->sst_next = np; 1168 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p); 1169 p = np; 1170 continue; 1171 } 1172 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line 1173 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid 1174 * again. */ 1175 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top) 1176 { 1177 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top) 1178 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines; 1179 else 1180 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top; 1181 } 1182 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0 1183 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) 1184 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot; 1185 1186 p->sst_lnum = n; 1187 } 1188 prev = p; 1189 p = p->sst_next; 1190 } 1191 } 1192 1193 /* 1194 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf. 1195 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed. 1196 */ 1197 static int 1198 syn_stack_cleanup() 1199 { 1200 synstate_T *p, *prev; 1201 disptick_T tick; 1202 int above; 1203 int dist; 1204 int retval = FALSE; 1205 1206 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL) 1207 return retval; 1208 1209 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */ 1210 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1; 1211 1212 /* 1213 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can 1214 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above 1215 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around). 1216 */ 1217 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick; 1218 above = FALSE; 1219 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first; 1220 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) 1221 { 1222 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum) 1223 { 1224 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick) 1225 { 1226 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick) 1227 tick = p->sst_tick; 1228 above = TRUE; 1229 } 1230 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick) 1231 tick = p->sst_tick; 1232 } 1233 } 1234 1235 /* 1236 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an 1237 * interval of several lines. 1238 */ 1239 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first; 1240 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) 1241 { 1242 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum) 1243 { 1244 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */ 1245 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next; 1246 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p); 1247 p = prev; 1248 retval = TRUE; 1249 } 1250 } 1251 return retval; 1252 } 1253 1254 /* 1255 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item. 1256 * Move the entry into the free list. 1257 */ 1258 static void 1259 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p) 1260 buf_T *buf; 1261 synstate_T *p; 1262 { 1263 clear_syn_state(p); 1264 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree; 1265 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p; 1266 ++buf->b_sst_freecount; 1267 } 1268 1269 /* 1270 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum". 1271 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum". 1272 */ 1273 static synstate_T * 1274 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum) 1275 linenr_T lnum; 1276 { 1277 synstate_T *p, *prev; 1278 1279 prev = NULL; 1280 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) 1281 { 1282 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum) 1283 return p; 1284 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum) 1285 break; 1286 } 1287 return prev; 1288 } 1289 1290 /* 1291 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[]. 1292 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line! 1293 */ 1294 static synstate_T * 1295 store_current_state(sp) 1296 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or 1297 NULL */ 1298 { 1299 int i; 1300 synstate_T *p; 1301 bufstate_T *bp; 1302 stateitem_T *cur_si; 1303 1304 if (sp == NULL) 1305 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); 1306 1307 /* 1308 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues 1309 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then. 1310 */ 1311 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i) 1312 { 1313 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); 1314 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum 1315 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum 1316 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum 1317 || (cur_si->si_end_idx 1318 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum)) 1319 break; 1320 } 1321 if (i >= 0) 1322 { 1323 if (sp != NULL) 1324 { 1325 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */ 1326 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp) 1327 /* it's the first entry */ 1328 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next; 1329 else 1330 { 1331 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */ 1332 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) 1333 if (p->sst_next == sp) 1334 break; 1335 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next; 1336 } 1337 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp); 1338 sp = NULL; 1339 } 1340 } 1341 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum) 1342 { 1343 /* 1344 * Add a new entry 1345 */ 1346 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */ 1347 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0) 1348 { 1349 (void)syn_stack_cleanup(); 1350 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */ 1351 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); 1352 } 1353 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */ 1354 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0) 1355 sp = NULL; 1356 else 1357 { 1358 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used 1359 * list, after *sp */ 1360 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree; 1361 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next; 1362 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount; 1363 if (sp == NULL) 1364 { 1365 /* Insert in front of the list */ 1366 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first; 1367 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p; 1368 } 1369 else 1370 { 1371 /* insert in list after *sp */ 1372 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next; 1373 sp->sst_next = p; 1374 } 1375 sp = p; 1376 sp->sst_stacksize = 0; 1377 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum; 1378 } 1379 } 1380 if (sp != NULL) 1381 { 1382 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */ 1383 clear_syn_state(sp); 1384 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len; 1385 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES) 1386 { 1387 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the 1388 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */ 1389 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1); 1390 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL) 1391 sp->sst_stacksize = 0; 1392 else 1393 { 1394 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len; 1395 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_room -= current_state.ga_len; 1396 } 1397 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga)); 1398 } 1399 else 1400 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack; 1401 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i) 1402 { 1403 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx; 1404 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags; 1405 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch); 1406 } 1407 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags; 1408 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list; 1409 sp->sst_tick = display_tick; 1410 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0; 1411 } 1412 current_state_stored = TRUE; 1413 return sp; 1414 } 1415 1416 /* 1417 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state; 1418 */ 1419 static void 1420 load_current_state(from) 1421 synstate_T *from; 1422 { 1423 int i; 1424 bufstate_T *bp; 1425 1426 clear_current_state(); 1427 validate_current_state(); 1428 keepend_level = -1; 1429 if (from->sst_stacksize 1430 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL) 1431 { 1432 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) 1433 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga)); 1434 else 1435 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack; 1436 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i) 1437 { 1438 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx; 1439 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags; 1440 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch); 1441 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) 1442 keepend_level = i; 1443 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE; 1444 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0; 1445 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0) 1446 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = 1447 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list; 1448 else 1449 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL; 1450 update_si_attr(i); 1451 } 1452 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize; 1453 current_state.ga_room -= current_state.ga_len; 1454 } 1455 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list; 1456 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags; 1457 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum; 1458 } 1459 1460 /* 1461 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state. 1462 * Return TRUE when they are equal. 1463 */ 1464 static int 1465 syn_stack_equal(sp) 1466 synstate_T *sp; 1467 { 1468 int i, j; 1469 bufstate_T *bp; 1470 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx; 1471 1472 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */ 1473 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len 1474 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list) 1475 { 1476 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */ 1477 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) 1478 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga)); 1479 else 1480 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack; 1481 1482 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 1483 { 1484 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */ 1485 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx) 1486 break; 1487 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch) 1488 { 1489 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in 1490 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch 1491 * references are equal. */ 1492 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch; 1493 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch; 1494 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are 1495 * different. */ 1496 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL) 1497 break; 1498 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j) 1499 { 1500 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be 1501 * equal. */ 1502 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j]) 1503 { 1504 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the 1505 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when 1506 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */ 1507 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL 1508 || six->matches[j] == NULL) 1509 break; 1510 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic 1511 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j], 1512 six->matches[j]) != 0 1513 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0) 1514 break; 1515 } 1516 } 1517 if (j != NSUBEXP) 1518 break; 1519 } 1520 } 1521 if (i < 0) 1522 return TRUE; 1523 } 1524 return FALSE; 1525 } 1526 1527 /* 1528 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below 1529 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below 1530 * the last parsed line. 1531 * The window looks like this: 1532 * line which changed 1533 * displayed line 1534 * displayed line 1535 * lnum -> line below window 1536 */ 1537 void 1538 syntax_end_parsing(lnum) 1539 linenr_T lnum; 1540 { 1541 synstate_T *sp; 1542 1543 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum); 1544 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum) 1545 sp = sp->sst_next; 1546 1547 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0) 1548 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum; 1549 } 1550 1551 /* 1552 * End of handling of the state stack. 1553 ****************************************/ 1554 1555 static void 1556 invalidate_current_state() 1557 { 1558 clear_current_state(); 1559 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */ 1560 current_next_list = NULL; 1561 keepend_level = -1; 1562 } 1563 1564 static void 1565 validate_current_state() 1566 { 1567 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T); 1568 current_state.ga_growsize = 3; 1569 } 1570 1571 /* 1572 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time. 1573 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous 1574 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too. 1575 */ 1576 int 1577 syntax_check_changed(lnum) 1578 linenr_T lnum; 1579 { 1580 int retval = TRUE; 1581 synstate_T *sp; 1582 1583 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */ 1584 1585 /* 1586 * Check the state stack when: 1587 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line. 1588 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states. 1589 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states. 1590 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line. 1591 */ 1592 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1) 1593 { 1594 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum); 1595 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum) 1596 { 1597 /* 1598 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was 1599 * drawn) 1600 */ 1601 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); 1602 1603 /* 1604 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of 1605 * the line. 1606 */ 1607 if (syn_stack_equal(sp)) 1608 retval = FALSE; 1609 1610 /* 1611 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use. 1612 */ 1613 ++current_lnum; 1614 (void)store_current_state(NULL); 1615 } 1616 } 1617 1618 reg_syn = FALSE; 1619 1620 return retval; 1621 } 1622 1623 /* 1624 * Finish the current line. 1625 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of 1626 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state 1627 * is valid. 1628 */ 1629 static int 1630 syn_finish_line(syncing) 1631 int syncing; /* called for syncing */ 1632 { 1633 stateitem_T *cur_si; 1634 1635 if (!current_finished) 1636 { 1637 while (!current_finished) 1638 { 1639 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE); 1640 /* 1641 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item. 1642 */ 1643 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len) 1644 { 1645 /* 1646 * Check for match with sync item. 1647 */ 1648 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 1649 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 1650 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags 1651 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))) 1652 return TRUE; 1653 1654 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item 1655 * that ends here, need to do that now. */ 1656 ++current_col; 1657 check_state_ends(); 1658 --current_col; 1659 } 1660 ++current_col; 1661 } 1662 } 1663 return FALSE; 1664 } 1665 1666 /* 1667 * Return highlight attributes for next character. 1668 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line. 1669 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each 1670 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the 1671 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed. 1672 */ 1673 int 1674 get_syntax_attr(col) 1675 colnr_T col; 1676 { 1677 int attr = 0; 1678 1679 /* check for out of memory situation */ 1680 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL) 1681 return 0; 1682 1683 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */ 1684 1685 /* Make sure current_state is valid */ 1686 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state)) 1687 validate_current_state(); 1688 1689 /* 1690 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col". 1691 */ 1692 while (current_col <= col) 1693 { 1694 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE); 1695 ++current_col; 1696 } 1697 1698 reg_syn = FALSE; 1699 return attr; 1700 } 1701 1702 /* 1703 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col. 1704 */ 1705 static int 1706 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying) 1707 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */ 1708 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */ 1709 { 1710 int syn_id; 1711 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */ 1712 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */ 1713 lpos_T hl_endpos; 1714 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */ 1715 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */ 1716 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */ 1717 int idx; 1718 synpat_T *spp; 1719 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip; 1720 int startcol; 1721 int endcol; 1722 long flags; 1723 short *next_list; 1724 int found_match; /* found usable match */ 1725 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */ 1726 int do_keywords; 1727 regmmatch_T regmatch; 1728 lpos_T pos; 1729 int lc_col; 1730 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL; 1731 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after 1732 looking for a pattern match! */ 1733 1734 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */ 1735 int keep_next_list; 1736 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE; 1737 garray_T zero_width_next_ga; 1738 1739 /* 1740 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line? 1741 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region). 1742 */ 1743 line = syn_getcurline(); 1744 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0) 1745 { 1746 /* 1747 * If we found a match after the last column, use it. 1748 */ 1749 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col 1750 && next_match_col != MAXCOL) 1751 (void)push_next_match(NULL); 1752 1753 current_finished = TRUE; 1754 current_state_stored = FALSE; 1755 return 0; 1756 } 1757 1758 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */ 1759 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL) 1760 { 1761 current_finished = TRUE; 1762 current_state_stored = FALSE; 1763 } 1764 1765 /* 1766 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used 1767 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in 1768 * the next column. 1769 */ 1770 if (try_next_column) 1771 { 1772 next_match_idx = -1; 1773 try_next_column = FALSE; 1774 } 1775 1776 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */ 1777 do_keywords = !syncing 1778 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab != NULL 1779 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic != NULL); 1780 1781 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to 1782 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */ 1783 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10); 1784 1785 /* 1786 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the 1787 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current 1788 * column. 1789 */ 1790 do 1791 { 1792 found_match = FALSE; 1793 keep_next_list = FALSE; 1794 syn_id = 0; 1795 1796 /* 1797 * 1. Check for a current state. 1798 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may 1799 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns. 1800 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the 1801 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!). 1802 */ 1803 if (current_state.ga_len) 1804 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 1805 else 1806 cur_si = NULL; 1807 1808 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL 1809 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL) 1810 { 1811 /* 1812 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword 1813 * char. Don't do this when syncing. 1814 */ 1815 if (do_keywords) 1816 { 1817 line = syn_getcurline(); 1818 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf) 1819 && (current_col == 0 1820 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1 1821 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1822 - (has_mbyte 1823 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1) 1824 : 0) 1825 #endif 1826 , syn_buf))) 1827 { 1828 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col, 1829 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si); 1830 if (syn_id) 1831 { 1832 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK) 1833 { 1834 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 1835 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; 1836 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum; 1837 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */ 1838 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; 1839 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol; 1840 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; 1841 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol; 1842 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; 1843 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; 1844 cur_si->si_flags = flags; 1845 cur_si->si_id = syn_id; 1846 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id; 1847 if (flags & HL_TRANSP) 1848 { 1849 if (current_state.ga_len < 2) 1850 { 1851 cur_si->si_attr = 0; 1852 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0; 1853 } 1854 else 1855 { 1856 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE( 1857 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr; 1858 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE( 1859 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id; 1860 } 1861 } 1862 else 1863 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id); 1864 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL; 1865 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list; 1866 check_keepend(); 1867 } 1868 else 1869 vim_free(next_list); 1870 } 1871 } 1872 } 1873 1874 /* 1875 * 3. Check for patterns (only if not found a keyword). 1876 */ 1877 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len) 1878 { 1879 /* 1880 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check 1881 * for any match with a pattern. 1882 */ 1883 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col) 1884 { 1885 /* 1886 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this 1887 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a 1888 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to 1889 * avoid doing it when it's not needed. 1890 */ 1891 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */ 1892 next_match_col = MAXCOL; 1893 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) 1894 { 1895 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); 1896 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing 1897 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY)) 1898 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH 1899 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 1900 && (current_next_list != NULL 1901 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, 1902 &spp->sp_syn, 0) 1903 : (cur_si == NULL 1904 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED) 1905 : in_id_list(cur_si, 1906 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn, 1907 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)))) 1908 { 1909 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and 1910 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip 1911 * this item. */ 1912 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id 1913 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col) 1914 continue; 1915 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id; 1916 1917 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; 1918 if (lc_col < 0) 1919 lc_col = 0; 1920 1921 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic; 1922 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog; 1923 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum, 1924 (colnr_T)lc_col)) 1925 { 1926 /* no match in this line, try another one */ 1927 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL; 1928 continue; 1929 } 1930 1931 /* 1932 * Compute the first column of the match. 1933 */ 1934 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match, 1935 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1); 1936 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum) 1937 { 1938 /* must have used end of match in a next line, 1939 * we can't handle that */ 1940 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL; 1941 continue; 1942 } 1943 startcol = pos.col; 1944 1945 /* remember the next column where this pattern 1946 * matches in the current line */ 1947 spp->sp_startcol = startcol; 1948 1949 /* 1950 * If a previously found match starts at a lower 1951 * column number, don't use this one. 1952 */ 1953 if (startcol >= next_match_col) 1954 continue; 1955 1956 /* 1957 * If we matched this pattern at this position 1958 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next 1959 * column, because it may match from there. 1960 */ 1961 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga)) 1962 { 1963 try_next_column = TRUE; 1964 continue; 1965 } 1966 1967 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum; 1968 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 1969 1970 /* Compute the highlight start. */ 1971 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match, 1972 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1); 1973 1974 /* Compute the region start. */ 1975 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */ 1976 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match, 1977 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0); 1978 1979 /* 1980 * Grab the external submatches before they get 1981 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change. 1982 */ 1983 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch); 1984 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out; 1985 re_extmatch_out = NULL; 1986 1987 flags = 0; 1988 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */ 1989 eoe_pos.col = 0; 1990 end_idx = 0; 1991 hl_endpos.lnum = 0; 1992 1993 /* 1994 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the 1995 * same line too. Search for it after the end of 1996 * the match with the start pattern. Set the 1997 * resulting end positions at the same time. 1998 */ 1999 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START 2000 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)) 2001 { 2002 lpos_T startpos; 2003 2004 startpos = endpos; 2005 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos, 2006 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch); 2007 if (endpos.lnum == 0) 2008 continue; /* not found */ 2009 } 2010 2011 /* 2012 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the 2013 * end offset needs has been added. Except when 2014 * syncing. 2015 */ 2016 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH) 2017 { 2018 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp, 2019 SPO_HE_OFF, 0); 2020 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp, 2021 SPO_ME_OFF, 0); 2022 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum 2023 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol) 2024 { 2025 /* 2026 * If an empty string is matched, may need 2027 * to try matching again at next column. 2028 */ 2029 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col 2030 == regmatch.endpos[0].col) 2031 try_next_column = TRUE; 2032 continue; 2033 } 2034 } 2035 2036 /* 2037 * keep the best match so far in next_match_* 2038 */ 2039 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end 2040 * before endpos. */ 2041 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum 2042 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol) 2043 hl_startpos.col = startcol; 2044 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos); 2045 2046 next_match_idx = idx; 2047 next_match_col = startcol; 2048 next_match_m_endpos = endpos; 2049 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos; 2050 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos; 2051 next_match_flags = flags; 2052 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos; 2053 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos; 2054 next_match_end_idx = end_idx; 2055 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch); 2056 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch; 2057 cur_extmatch = NULL; 2058 } 2059 } 2060 } 2061 2062 /* 2063 * If we found a match at the current column, use it. 2064 */ 2065 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col) 2066 { 2067 synpat_T *lspp; 2068 2069 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup, 2070 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */ 2071 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]); 2072 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum 2073 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col 2074 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL) 2075 { 2076 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list; 2077 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags; 2078 keep_next_list = TRUE; 2079 zero_width_next_list = TRUE; 2080 2081 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check 2082 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an 2083 * endless loop). */ 2084 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK) 2085 { 2086 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data)) 2087 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx; 2088 --zero_width_next_ga.ga_room; 2089 } 2090 next_match_idx = -1; 2091 } 2092 else 2093 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si); 2094 found_match = TRUE; 2095 } 2096 } 2097 } 2098 2099 /* 2100 * Handle searching for nextgroup match. 2101 */ 2102 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list) 2103 { 2104 /* 2105 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if: 2106 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given 2107 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given 2108 */ 2109 if (!found_match) 2110 { 2111 line = syn_getcurline(); 2112 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) 2113 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col])) 2114 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) 2115 && *line == NUL)) 2116 break; 2117 } 2118 2119 /* 2120 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for 2121 * contained matches. 2122 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal 2123 * match. 2124 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no 2125 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck). 2126 */ 2127 current_next_list = NULL; 2128 next_match_idx = -1; 2129 if (!zero_width_next_list) 2130 found_match = TRUE; 2131 } 2132 2133 } while (found_match); 2134 2135 /* 2136 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting. 2137 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc. 2138 */ 2139 current_attr = 0; 2140 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2141 current_id = 0; 2142 current_trans_id = 0; 2143 #endif 2144 if (cur_si != NULL) 2145 { 2146 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx) 2147 { 2148 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx); 2149 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum 2150 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum 2151 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col)) 2152 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0 2153 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum 2154 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum 2155 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col))) 2156 { 2157 current_attr = sip->si_attr; 2158 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2159 current_id = sip->si_id; 2160 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id; 2161 #endif 2162 break; 2163 } 2164 } 2165 2166 /* 2167 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the 2168 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a 2169 * single character match. 2170 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It 2171 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the 2172 * current column. 2173 */ 2174 if (!syncing) 2175 { 2176 check_state_ends(); 2177 if (current_state.ga_len > 0) 2178 { 2179 ++current_col; 2180 check_state_ends(); 2181 --current_col; 2182 } 2183 } 2184 } 2185 2186 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */ 2187 if (current_next_list != NULL 2188 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL 2189 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))) 2190 current_next_list = NULL; 2191 2192 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0) 2193 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga); 2194 2195 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */ 2196 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out); 2197 re_extmatch_out = NULL; 2198 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch); 2199 2200 return current_attr; 2201 } 2202 2203 2204 /* 2205 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column. 2206 */ 2207 static int 2208 did_match_already(idx, gap) 2209 int idx; 2210 garray_T *gap; 2211 { 2212 int i; 2213 2214 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 2215 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col 2216 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum 2217 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx) 2218 return TRUE; 2219 2220 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax 2221 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */ 2222 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 2223 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx) 2224 return TRUE; 2225 2226 return FALSE; 2227 } 2228 2229 /* 2230 * Push the next match onto the stack. 2231 */ 2232 static stateitem_T * 2233 push_next_match(cur_si) 2234 stateitem_T *cur_si; 2235 { 2236 synpat_T *spp; 2237 2238 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]); 2239 2240 /* 2241 * Push the item in current_state stack; 2242 */ 2243 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK) 2244 { 2245 /* 2246 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how 2247 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length. 2248 */ 2249 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2250 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos; 2251 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; 2252 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum; 2253 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags; 2254 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list; 2255 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch); 2256 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)) 2257 { 2258 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */ 2259 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE); 2260 check_keepend(); 2261 } 2262 else 2263 { 2264 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos; 2265 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos; 2266 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; 2267 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags; 2268 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos; 2269 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx; 2270 } 2271 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) 2272 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1; 2273 check_keepend(); 2274 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2275 2276 /* 2277 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item 2278 * on the stack for the start pattern. 2279 */ 2280 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START 2281 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0 2282 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK) 2283 { 2284 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2285 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos; 2286 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; 2287 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum; 2288 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos; 2289 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos; 2290 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; 2291 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; 2292 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH; 2293 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL; 2294 check_keepend(); 2295 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2296 } 2297 } 2298 2299 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */ 2300 2301 return cur_si; 2302 } 2303 2304 /* 2305 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it). 2306 */ 2307 static void 2308 check_state_ends() 2309 { 2310 stateitem_T *cur_si; 2311 int had_extend = FALSE; 2312 2313 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2314 for (;;) 2315 { 2316 if (cur_si->si_ends 2317 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum 2318 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum 2319 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col))) 2320 { 2321 /* 2322 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern 2323 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack. 2324 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current 2325 * position. 2326 */ 2327 if (cur_si->si_end_idx 2328 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum 2329 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum 2330 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col))) 2331 { 2332 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx; 2333 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; 2334 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos; 2335 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos; 2336 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH; 2337 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2338 break; 2339 } 2340 else 2341 { 2342 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or 2343 * "skipempty" */ 2344 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list; 2345 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags; 2346 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)) 2347 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL) 2348 current_next_list = NULL; 2349 2350 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with 2351 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */ 2352 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND) 2353 had_extend = TRUE; 2354 2355 pop_current_state(); 2356 2357 if (current_state.ga_len == 0) 2358 break; 2359 2360 if (had_extend) 2361 { 2362 syn_update_ends(FALSE); 2363 if (current_state.ga_len == 0) 2364 break; 2365 } 2366 2367 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2368 2369 /* 2370 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after 2371 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match 2372 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues. 2373 * Don't do this when: 2374 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item 2375 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1). 2376 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set) 2377 */ 2378 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 2379 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type 2380 == SPTYPE_START 2381 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND))) 2382 { 2383 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE); 2384 check_keepend(); 2385 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL) 2386 && keepend_level < 0 2387 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL) 2388 break; 2389 } 2390 } 2391 } 2392 else 2393 break; 2394 } 2395 } 2396 2397 /* 2398 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This 2399 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list. 2400 */ 2401 static void 2402 update_si_attr(idx) 2403 int idx; 2404 { 2405 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx); 2406 synpat_T *spp; 2407 2408 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]); 2409 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH) 2410 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id; 2411 else 2412 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id; 2413 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id); 2414 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id; 2415 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH) 2416 sip->si_cont_list = NULL; 2417 else 2418 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list; 2419 2420 /* 2421 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item. 2422 * Also take cont_list, if there is none. 2423 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern. 2424 */ 2425 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)) 2426 { 2427 if (idx == 0) 2428 { 2429 sip->si_attr = 0; 2430 sip->si_trans_id = 0; 2431 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL) 2432 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL; 2433 } 2434 else 2435 { 2436 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr; 2437 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id; 2438 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL) 2439 { 2440 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT; 2441 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list; 2442 } 2443 } 2444 } 2445 } 2446 2447 /* 2448 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag. 2449 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found. 2450 */ 2451 static void 2452 check_keepend() 2453 { 2454 int i; 2455 lpos_T maxpos; 2456 stateitem_T *sip; 2457 2458 /* 2459 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where 2460 * there really is a keepend. 2461 */ 2462 if (keepend_level < 0) 2463 return; 2464 2465 /* 2466 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that 2467 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be 2468 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally. 2469 */ 2470 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i) 2471 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND) 2472 break; 2473 2474 maxpos.lnum = 0; 2475 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) 2476 { 2477 sip = &CUR_STATE(i); 2478 if (maxpos.lnum != 0) 2479 { 2480 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos); 2481 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos); 2482 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos); 2483 sip->si_ends = TRUE; 2484 } 2485 if (sip->si_ends 2486 && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND) 2487 && (maxpos.lnum == 0 2488 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum 2489 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum 2490 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col))) 2491 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos; 2492 } 2493 } 2494 2495 /* 2496 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern. 2497 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line. 2498 * 2499 * Return the flags for the matched END. 2500 */ 2501 static void 2502 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force) 2503 stateitem_T *sip; 2504 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */ 2505 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */ 2506 { 2507 lpos_T startpos; 2508 lpos_T endpos; 2509 lpos_T hl_endpos; 2510 lpos_T end_endpos; 2511 int end_idx; 2512 2513 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern 2514 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend" 2515 * from a containing item. */ 2516 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum) 2517 return; 2518 2519 /* 2520 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next 2521 * line. 2522 */ 2523 end_idx = 0; 2524 startpos.lnum = current_lnum; 2525 startpos.col = startcol; 2526 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos, 2527 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch); 2528 2529 if (endpos.lnum == 0) 2530 { 2531 /* No end pattern matched. */ 2532 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE) 2533 { 2534 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */ 2535 sip->si_ends = TRUE; 2536 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; 2537 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline()); 2538 } 2539 else 2540 { 2541 /* continues in the next line */ 2542 sip->si_ends = FALSE; 2543 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0; 2544 } 2545 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos; 2546 } 2547 else 2548 { 2549 /* match within this line */ 2550 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos; 2551 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos; 2552 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos; 2553 sip->si_ends = TRUE; 2554 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx; 2555 } 2556 } 2557 2558 /* 2559 * Add a new state to the current state stack. 2560 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx". 2561 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory). 2562 */ 2563 static int 2564 push_current_state(idx) 2565 int idx; 2566 { 2567 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL) 2568 return FAIL; 2569 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T)); 2570 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx; 2571 ++current_state.ga_len; 2572 --current_state.ga_room; 2573 return OK; 2574 } 2575 2576 /* 2577 * Remove a state from the current_state stack. 2578 */ 2579 static void 2580 pop_current_state() 2581 { 2582 if (current_state.ga_len) 2583 { 2584 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch); 2585 --current_state.ga_len; 2586 ++current_state.ga_room; 2587 } 2588 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */ 2589 next_match_idx = -1; 2590 2591 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */ 2592 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len) 2593 keepend_level = -1; 2594 } 2595 2596 /* 2597 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos". 2598 * Only checks one line. 2599 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line. 2600 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum 2601 * will be 0. 2602 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is 2603 * computed. 2604 */ 2605 static void 2606 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos, 2607 end_idx, start_ext) 2608 int idx; /* index of the pattern */ 2609 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */ 2610 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */ 2611 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */ 2612 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */ 2613 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */ 2614 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */ 2615 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */ 2616 { 2617 colnr_T matchcol; 2618 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip; 2619 int start_idx; 2620 int best_idx; 2621 regmmatch_T regmatch; 2622 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */ 2623 lpos_T pos; 2624 char_u *line; 2625 int had_match = FALSE; 2626 2627 /* 2628 * Check for being called with a START pattern. 2629 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it 2630 * contained a region. 2631 */ 2632 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); 2633 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START) 2634 { 2635 *hl_endpos = *startpos; 2636 return; 2637 } 2638 2639 /* 2640 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern. 2641 */ 2642 for (;;) 2643 { 2644 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); 2645 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START) 2646 break; 2647 ++idx; 2648 } 2649 2650 /* 2651 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present) 2652 */ 2653 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP) 2654 { 2655 spp_skip = spp; 2656 ++idx; 2657 } 2658 else 2659 spp_skip = NULL; 2660 2661 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */ 2662 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in); 2663 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext); 2664 2665 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */ 2666 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */ 2667 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2668 for (;;) 2669 { 2670 /* 2671 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol". 2672 */ 2673 best_idx = -1; 2674 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx) 2675 { 2676 int lc_col = matchcol; 2677 2678 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); 2679 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */ 2680 break; 2681 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; 2682 if (lc_col < 0) 2683 lc_col = 0; 2684 2685 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic; 2686 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog; 2687 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)) 2688 { 2689 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col 2690 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col) 2691 { 2692 best_idx = idx; 2693 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0]; 2694 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0]; 2695 } 2696 } 2697 } 2698 2699 /* 2700 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the 2701 * item continues until end-of-line. 2702 */ 2703 if (best_idx == -1) 2704 break; 2705 2706 /* 2707 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern, 2708 * continue searching after the skip pattern. 2709 */ 2710 if (spp_skip != NULL) 2711 { 2712 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; 2713 2714 if (lc_col < 0) 2715 lc_col = 0; 2716 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic; 2717 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog; 2718 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col) 2719 && regmatch.startpos[0].col 2720 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col) 2721 { 2722 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */ 2723 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1); 2724 2725 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no 2726 * match with an end pattern in this line. */ 2727 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum) 2728 break; 2729 2730 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE); 2731 2732 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */ 2733 if (pos.col <= matchcol) 2734 ++matchcol; 2735 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col) 2736 matchcol = pos.col; 2737 else 2738 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */ 2739 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 2740 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col; 2741 ++matchcol) 2742 ; 2743 2744 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */ 2745 if (line[matchcol] == NUL) 2746 break; 2747 2748 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */ 2749 } 2750 } 2751 2752 /* 2753 * Match from start pattern to end pattern. 2754 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern. 2755 */ 2756 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]); 2757 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1); 2758 /* can't end before the start */ 2759 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col) 2760 m_endpos->col = startpos->col; 2761 2762 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1); 2763 /* can't end before the start */ 2764 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum 2765 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col) 2766 end_endpos->col = startpos->col; 2767 /* can't end after the match */ 2768 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos); 2769 2770 /* 2771 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers. 2772 */ 2773 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0) 2774 { 2775 *end_idx = best_idx; 2776 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT))) 2777 { 2778 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum; 2779 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col; 2780 } 2781 else 2782 { 2783 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 2784 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col; 2785 } 2786 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF]; 2787 2788 /* can't end before the start */ 2789 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum 2790 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col) 2791 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col; 2792 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos); 2793 2794 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned 2795 * into the matchgroup for the end */ 2796 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos; 2797 } 2798 else 2799 { 2800 *end_idx = 0; 2801 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos; 2802 } 2803 2804 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags; 2805 2806 had_match = TRUE; 2807 break; 2808 } 2809 2810 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */ 2811 if (!had_match) 2812 m_endpos->lnum = 0; 2813 2814 /* Remove external matches. */ 2815 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in); 2816 re_extmatch_in = NULL; 2817 } 2818 2819 /* 2820 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit". 2821 */ 2822 static void 2823 limit_pos(pos, limit) 2824 lpos_T *pos; 2825 lpos_T *limit; 2826 { 2827 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum) 2828 *pos = *limit; 2829 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col) 2830 pos->col = limit->col; 2831 } 2832 2833 /* 2834 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero. 2835 */ 2836 static void 2837 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit) 2838 lpos_T *pos; 2839 lpos_T *limit; 2840 { 2841 if (pos->lnum == 0) 2842 *pos = *limit; 2843 else 2844 limit_pos(pos, limit); 2845 } 2846 2847 /* 2848 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight. 2849 */ 2850 static void 2851 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra) 2852 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */ 2853 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */ 2854 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */ 2855 int idx; /* index of offset */ 2856 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */ 2857 { 2858 int col; 2859 2860 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx)) 2861 { 2862 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum; 2863 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra; 2864 } 2865 else 2866 { 2867 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum; 2868 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col; 2869 } 2870 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx]; 2871 if (col < 0) 2872 result->col = 0; 2873 else 2874 result->col = col; 2875 } 2876 2877 /* 2878 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight. 2879 * Avoid resulting column to become negative. 2880 */ 2881 static void 2882 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra) 2883 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */ 2884 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */ 2885 synpat_T *spp; 2886 int idx; 2887 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */ 2888 { 2889 int col; 2890 2891 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT))) 2892 { 2893 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum; 2894 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra; 2895 } 2896 else 2897 { 2898 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum; 2899 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col; 2900 } 2901 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx]; 2902 if (col < 0) 2903 result->col = 0; 2904 else 2905 result->col = col; 2906 } 2907 2908 /* 2909 * Get current line in syntax buffer. 2910 */ 2911 static char_u * 2912 syn_getcurline() 2913 { 2914 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE); 2915 } 2916 2917 /* 2918 * Call vim_regexec() to match in syn_buf. 2919 * Returns TRUE when there is a match. 2920 */ 2921 static int 2922 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col) 2923 regmmatch_T *rmp; 2924 linenr_T lnum; 2925 colnr_T col; 2926 { 2927 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0) 2928 { 2929 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum; 2930 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum; 2931 return TRUE; 2932 } 2933 return FALSE; 2934 } 2935 2936 /* 2937 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword. 2938 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol. 2939 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise. 2940 */ 2941 static int 2942 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si) 2943 char_u *line; 2944 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */ 2945 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */ 2946 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */ 2947 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */ 2948 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */ 2949 { 2950 keyentry_T *ktab; 2951 char_u *p; 2952 int round; 2953 int len; 2954 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */ 2955 2956 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already 2957 * checked. */ 2958 p = line + startcol; 2959 len = 0; 2960 do 2961 { 2962 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2963 if (has_mbyte) 2964 len += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + len); 2965 else 2966 #endif 2967 ++len; 2968 } 2969 while (vim_iswordc_buf(p + len, syn_buf)); 2970 2971 if (len > MAXKEYWLEN) 2972 return 0; 2973 2974 /* 2975 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it 2976 * lowercase. 2977 */ 2978 STRNCPY(keyword, p, len); 2979 keyword[len] = NUL; 2980 2981 /* 2982 * Try twice: 2983 * 1. matching case 2984 * 2. ignoring case 2985 */ 2986 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) 2987 { 2988 if ((round == 1 ? syn_buf->b_keywtab : syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic) == NULL) 2989 continue; 2990 if (round == 1) /* match case */ 2991 ktab = syn_buf->b_keywtab[syn_khash(keyword)]; 2992 else /* round == 2, ignore case */ 2993 { 2994 p = str_foldcase(keyword, (int)STRLEN(keyword)); 2995 if (p != NULL) 2996 { 2997 STRNCPY(keyword, p, MAXKEYWLEN); 2998 keyword[MAXKEYWLEN] = NUL; 2999 vim_free(p); 3000 } 3001 ktab = syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic[syn_khash(keyword)]; 3002 } 3003 3004 /* 3005 * Find keywords that match. 3006 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise: 3007 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel. 3008 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list. 3009 */ 3010 for ( ; ktab != NULL; ktab = ktab->next) 3011 if ( STRCMP(keyword, ktab->keyword) == 0 3012 && (current_next_list != 0 3013 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &ktab->k_syn, 0) 3014 : (cur_si == NULL 3015 ? !(ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED) 3016 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list, 3017 &ktab->k_syn, ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))) 3018 { 3019 *endcolp = startcol + len; 3020 *flagsp = ktab->flags; 3021 *next_listp = ktab->next_list; 3022 return ktab->k_syn.id; 3023 } 3024 } 3025 return 0; 3026 } 3027 3028 /* 3029 * Handle ":syntax case" command. 3030 */ 3031 /* ARGSUSED */ 3032 static void 3033 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing) 3034 exarg_T *eap; 3035 int syncing; /* not used */ 3036 { 3037 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 3038 char_u *next; 3039 3040 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 3041 if (eap->skip) 3042 return; 3043 3044 next = skiptowhite(arg); 3045 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5) 3046 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; 3047 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6) 3048 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE; 3049 else 3050 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg); 3051 } 3052 3053 /* 3054 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer. 3055 */ 3056 void 3057 syntax_clear(buf) 3058 buf_T *buf; 3059 { 3060 int i; 3061 3062 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */ 3063 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE; 3064 3065 /* free the keywords */ 3066 free_keywtab(buf->b_keywtab); 3067 buf->b_keywtab = NULL; 3068 free_keywtab(buf->b_keywtab_ic); 3069 buf->b_keywtab_ic = NULL; 3070 3071 /* free the syntax patterns */ 3072 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 3073 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i); 3074 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns); 3075 3076 /* free the syntax clusters */ 3077 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 3078 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i); 3079 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters); 3080 3081 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0; 3082 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0; 3083 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; 3084 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0; 3085 3086 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog); 3087 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL; 3088 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat); 3089 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; 3090 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3091 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0; 3092 #endif 3093 3094 /* free the stored states */ 3095 syn_stack_free_all(buf); 3096 invalidate_current_state(); 3097 } 3098 3099 /* 3100 * Clear syncing info for one buffer. 3101 */ 3102 static void 3103 syntax_sync_clear() 3104 { 3105 int i; 3106 3107 /* free the syntax patterns */ 3108 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 3109 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing) 3110 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i); 3111 3112 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0; 3113 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0; 3114 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; 3115 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0; 3116 3117 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog); 3118 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL; 3119 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat); 3120 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; 3121 3122 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 3123 } 3124 3125 /* 3126 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list. 3127 */ 3128 static void 3129 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx) 3130 buf_T *buf; 3131 int idx; 3132 { 3133 synpat_T *spp; 3134 3135 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]); 3136 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3137 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD) 3138 --buf->b_syn_folditems; 3139 #endif 3140 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx); 3141 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1, 3142 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1)); 3143 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 3144 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_room; 3145 } 3146 3147 /* 3148 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from 3149 * last to first! 3150 */ 3151 static void 3152 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i) 3153 buf_T *buf; 3154 int i; 3155 { 3156 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern); 3157 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog); 3158 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */ 3159 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START) 3160 { 3161 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list); 3162 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list); 3163 } 3164 } 3165 3166 /* 3167 * Clear and free one syntax cluster. 3168 */ 3169 static void 3170 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i) 3171 buf_T *buf; 3172 int i; 3173 { 3174 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name); 3175 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u); 3176 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list); 3177 } 3178 3179 /* 3180 * Handle ":syntax clear" command. 3181 */ 3182 static void 3183 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing) 3184 exarg_T *eap; 3185 int syncing; 3186 { 3187 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 3188 char_u *arg_end; 3189 int id; 3190 3191 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 3192 if (eap->skip) 3193 return; 3194 3195 /* 3196 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename", 3197 * because otherwise @group would get deleted. 3198 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn 3199 * clear". 3200 */ 3201 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0) 3202 return; 3203 3204 if (ends_excmd(*arg)) 3205 { 3206 /* 3207 * No argument: Clear all syntax items. 3208 */ 3209 if (syncing) 3210 syntax_sync_clear(); 3211 else 3212 { 3213 syntax_clear(curbuf); 3214 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax"); 3215 } 3216 } 3217 else 3218 { 3219 /* 3220 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument. 3221 */ 3222 while (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 3223 { 3224 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg); 3225 if (*arg == '@') 3226 { 3227 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1)); 3228 if (id == 0) 3229 { 3230 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg); 3231 break; 3232 } 3233 else 3234 { 3235 /* 3236 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing 3237 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing 3238 * and make it empty. 3239 */ 3240 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER; 3241 3242 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list); 3243 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL; 3244 } 3245 } 3246 else 3247 { 3248 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg)); 3249 if (id == 0) 3250 { 3251 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg); 3252 break; 3253 } 3254 else 3255 syn_clear_one(id, syncing); 3256 } 3257 arg = skipwhite(arg_end); 3258 } 3259 } 3260 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 3261 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 3262 } 3263 3264 /* 3265 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer. 3266 */ 3267 static void 3268 syn_clear_one(id, syncing) 3269 int id; 3270 int syncing; 3271 { 3272 synpat_T *spp; 3273 int idx; 3274 3275 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */ 3276 if (!syncing) 3277 { 3278 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, curbuf->b_keywtab); 3279 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, curbuf->b_keywtab_ic); 3280 } 3281 3282 /* clear the patterns for "id" */ 3283 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) 3284 { 3285 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]); 3286 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing) 3287 continue; 3288 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx); 3289 } 3290 } 3291 3292 /* 3293 * Handle ":syntax on" command. 3294 */ 3295 /* ARGSUSED */ 3296 static void 3297 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing) 3298 exarg_T *eap; 3299 int syncing; /* not used */ 3300 { 3301 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax"); 3302 } 3303 3304 /* 3305 * Handle ":syntax enable" command. 3306 */ 3307 /* ARGSUSED */ 3308 static void 3309 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing) 3310 exarg_T *eap; 3311 int syncing; /* not used */ 3312 { 3313 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable"); 3314 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax"); 3315 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd"); 3316 } 3317 3318 /* 3319 * Handle ":syntax reset" command. 3320 */ 3321 /* ARGSUSED */ 3322 static void 3323 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing) 3324 exarg_T *eap; 3325 int syncing; /* not used */ 3326 { 3327 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg); 3328 if (!eap->skip) 3329 { 3330 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset"); 3331 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim"); 3332 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd"); 3333 } 3334 } 3335 3336 /* 3337 * Handle ":syntax manual" command. 3338 */ 3339 /* ARGSUSED */ 3340 static void 3341 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing) 3342 exarg_T *eap; 3343 int syncing; /* not used */ 3344 { 3345 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual"); 3346 } 3347 3348 /* 3349 * Handle ":syntax off" command. 3350 */ 3351 /* ARGSUSED */ 3352 static void 3353 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing) 3354 exarg_T *eap; 3355 int syncing; /* not used */ 3356 { 3357 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax"); 3358 } 3359 3360 static void 3361 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name) 3362 exarg_T *eap; 3363 char *name; 3364 { 3365 char_u buf[100]; 3366 3367 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg); 3368 if (!eap->skip) 3369 { 3370 STRCPY(buf, "so "); 3371 sprintf((char *)buf + 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name); 3372 do_cmdline_cmd(buf); 3373 } 3374 } 3375 3376 /* 3377 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words. 3378 */ 3379 static void 3380 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing) 3381 exarg_T *eap; 3382 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */ 3383 { 3384 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 3385 int id; 3386 char_u *arg_end; 3387 3388 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 3389 if (eap->skip) 3390 return; 3391 3392 if (!syntax_present(curbuf)) 3393 { 3394 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer")); 3395 return; 3396 } 3397 3398 if (syncing) 3399 { 3400 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT) 3401 { 3402 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments")); 3403 syn_lines_msg(); 3404 syn_match_msg(); 3405 return; 3406 } 3407 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)) 3408 { 3409 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0) 3410 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing")); 3411 else 3412 { 3413 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts ")); 3414 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines); 3415 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line")); 3416 syn_match_msg(); 3417 } 3418 return; 3419 } 3420 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---")); 3421 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0 3422 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 3423 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0) 3424 { 3425 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items")); 3426 syn_lines_msg(); 3427 syn_match_msg(); 3428 } 3429 } 3430 else 3431 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---")); 3432 if (ends_excmd(*arg)) 3433 { 3434 /* 3435 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters. 3436 */ 3437 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id) 3438 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE); 3439 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id) 3440 syn_list_cluster(id); 3441 } 3442 else 3443 { 3444 /* 3445 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument. 3446 */ 3447 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 3448 { 3449 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg); 3450 if (*arg == '@') 3451 { 3452 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1)); 3453 if (id == 0) 3454 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg); 3455 else 3456 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER); 3457 } 3458 else 3459 { 3460 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg)); 3461 if (id == 0) 3462 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg); 3463 else 3464 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE); 3465 } 3466 arg = skipwhite(arg_end); 3467 } 3468 } 3469 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 3470 } 3471 3472 static void 3473 syn_lines_msg() 3474 { 3475 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0) 3476 { 3477 MSG_PUTS("; "); 3478 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0) 3479 { 3480 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal ")); 3481 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines); 3482 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) 3483 MSG_PUTS(", "); 3484 } 3485 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0) 3486 { 3487 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal ")); 3488 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines); 3489 } 3490 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line")); 3491 } 3492 } 3493 3494 static void 3495 syn_match_msg() 3496 { 3497 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0) 3498 { 3499 MSG_PUTS(_("; match ")); 3500 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks); 3501 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks")); 3502 } 3503 } 3504 3505 static int last_matchgroup; 3506 3507 struct name_list 3508 { 3509 int flag; 3510 char *name; 3511 }; 3512 3513 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr)); 3514 3515 /* 3516 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name". 3517 */ 3518 static void 3519 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only) 3520 int id; 3521 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */ 3522 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */ 3523 { 3524 int attr; 3525 int idx; 3526 int did_header = FALSE; 3527 synpat_T *spp; 3528 static struct name_list namelist1[] = 3529 { 3530 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"}, 3531 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"}, 3532 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"}, 3533 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"}, 3534 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"}, 3535 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"}, 3536 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"}, 3537 {HL_FOLD, "fold"}, 3538 {0, NULL} 3539 }; 3540 static struct name_list namelist2[] = 3541 { 3542 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"}, 3543 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"}, 3544 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"}, 3545 {0, NULL} 3546 }; 3547 3548 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */ 3549 3550 /* list the keywords for "id" */ 3551 if (!syncing) 3552 { 3553 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr); 3554 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, curbuf->b_keywtab_ic, 3555 did_header, attr); 3556 } 3557 3558 /* list the patterns for "id" */ 3559 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx) 3560 { 3561 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]); 3562 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing) 3563 continue; 3564 3565 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id); 3566 did_header = TRUE; 3567 last_matchgroup = 0; 3568 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH) 3569 { 3570 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr); 3571 msg_putchar(' '); 3572 } 3573 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 3574 { 3575 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 3576 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr); 3577 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP) 3578 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr); 3579 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len 3580 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END) 3581 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr); 3582 --idx; 3583 msg_putchar(' '); 3584 } 3585 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr); 3586 3587 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL) 3588 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr); 3589 3590 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL) 3591 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin", 3592 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr); 3593 3594 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL) 3595 { 3596 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr); 3597 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr); 3598 } 3599 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)) 3600 { 3601 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE) 3602 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr); 3603 else 3604 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr); 3605 msg_putchar(' '); 3606 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0) 3607 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf) 3608 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name); 3609 else 3610 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); 3611 msg_putchar(' '); 3612 } 3613 } 3614 3615 /* list the link, if there is one */ 3616 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int) 3617 { 3618 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id); 3619 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr); 3620 msg_putchar(' '); 3621 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name); 3622 } 3623 } 3624 3625 static void 3626 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr) 3627 struct name_list *nl; 3628 int flags; 3629 int attr; 3630 { 3631 int i; 3632 3633 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i) 3634 if (flags & nl[i].flag) 3635 { 3636 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr); 3637 msg_putchar(' '); 3638 } 3639 } 3640 3641 /* 3642 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name". 3643 */ 3644 static void 3645 syn_list_cluster(id) 3646 int id; 3647 { 3648 int endcol = 15; 3649 3650 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */ 3651 msg_putchar('\n'); 3652 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name); 3653 3654 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */ 3655 endcol = msg_col + 1; 3656 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */ 3657 endcol = Columns - 1; 3658 3659 msg_advance(endcol); 3660 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL) 3661 { 3662 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list, 3663 hl_attr(HLF_D)); 3664 } 3665 else 3666 { 3667 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D)); 3668 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE"); 3669 } 3670 } 3671 3672 static void 3673 put_id_list(name, list, attr) 3674 char_u *name; 3675 short *list; 3676 int attr; 3677 { 3678 short *p; 3679 3680 msg_puts_attr(name, attr); 3681 msg_putchar('='); 3682 for (p = list; *p; ++p) 3683 { 3684 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP) 3685 { 3686 if (p[1]) 3687 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT"); 3688 else 3689 MSG_PUTS("ALL"); 3690 } 3691 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED) 3692 { 3693 MSG_PUTS("TOP"); 3694 } 3695 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER) 3696 { 3697 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED"); 3698 } 3699 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER) 3700 { 3701 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER; 3702 3703 msg_putchar('@'); 3704 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name); 3705 } 3706 else 3707 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name); 3708 if (p[1]) 3709 msg_putchar(','); 3710 } 3711 msg_putchar(' '); 3712 } 3713 3714 static void 3715 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr) 3716 char *s; 3717 int c; 3718 synpat_T *spp; 3719 int attr; 3720 { 3721 long n; 3722 int mask; 3723 int first; 3724 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&"; 3725 int i; 3726 3727 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */ 3728 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id) 3729 { 3730 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id; 3731 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr); 3732 msg_putchar('='); 3733 if (last_matchgroup == 0) 3734 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE"); 3735 else 3736 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name); 3737 msg_putchar(' '); 3738 } 3739 3740 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */ 3741 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr); 3742 msg_putchar(c); 3743 3744 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */ 3745 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; ) 3746 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL) 3747 { 3748 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */ 3749 break; 3750 } 3751 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]); 3752 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern); 3753 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]); 3754 3755 /* output any pattern options */ 3756 first = TRUE; 3757 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i) 3758 { 3759 mask = (1 << i); 3760 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT))) 3761 { 3762 if (!first) 3763 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */ 3764 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]); 3765 n = spp->sp_offsets[i]; 3766 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF) 3767 { 3768 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask) 3769 msg_putchar('s'); 3770 else 3771 msg_putchar('e'); 3772 if (n > 0) 3773 msg_putchar('+'); 3774 } 3775 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF) 3776 msg_outnum(n); 3777 first = FALSE; 3778 } 3779 } 3780 msg_putchar(' '); 3781 } 3782 3783 /* 3784 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group. 3785 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed. 3786 */ 3787 static int 3788 syn_list_keywords(id, ktabp, did_header, attr) 3789 int id; 3790 keyentry_T **ktabp; 3791 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */ 3792 int attr; 3793 { 3794 int i; 3795 int outlen; 3796 keyentry_T *ktab; 3797 int prev_contained = 0; 3798 short *prev_next_list = NULL; 3799 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL; 3800 int prev_skipnl = 0; 3801 int prev_skipwhite = 0; 3802 int prev_skipempty = 0; 3803 3804 if (ktabp == NULL) 3805 return did_header; 3806 3807 /* 3808 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on 3809 * hash value... 3810 */ 3811 for (i = 0; i < KHASH_SIZE; ++i) 3812 { 3813 for (ktab = ktabp[i]; ktab != NULL && !got_int; ktab = ktab->next) 3814 { 3815 if (ktab->k_syn.id == id) 3816 { 3817 if (prev_contained != (ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED) 3818 || prev_skipnl != (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPNL) 3819 || prev_skipwhite != (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) 3820 || prev_skipempty != (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) 3821 || prev_cont_in_list != ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list 3822 || prev_next_list != ktab->next_list) 3823 outlen = 9999; 3824 else 3825 outlen = (int)STRLEN(ktab->keyword); 3826 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */ 3827 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)) 3828 { 3829 prev_contained = 0; 3830 prev_next_list = NULL; 3831 prev_cont_in_list = NULL; 3832 prev_skipnl = 0; 3833 prev_skipwhite = 0; 3834 prev_skipempty = 0; 3835 } 3836 did_header = TRUE; 3837 if (prev_contained != (ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED)) 3838 { 3839 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr); 3840 msg_putchar(' '); 3841 prev_contained = (ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED); 3842 } 3843 if (ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list) 3844 { 3845 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin", 3846 ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr); 3847 msg_putchar(' '); 3848 prev_cont_in_list = ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list; 3849 } 3850 if (ktab->next_list != prev_next_list) 3851 { 3852 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", ktab->next_list, attr); 3853 msg_putchar(' '); 3854 prev_next_list = ktab->next_list; 3855 if (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPNL) 3856 { 3857 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr); 3858 msg_putchar(' '); 3859 prev_skipnl = (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPNL); 3860 } 3861 if (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) 3862 { 3863 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr); 3864 msg_putchar(' '); 3865 prev_skipwhite = (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE); 3866 } 3867 if (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) 3868 { 3869 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr); 3870 msg_putchar(' '); 3871 prev_skipempty = (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY); 3872 } 3873 } 3874 msg_outtrans(ktab->keyword); 3875 } 3876 } 3877 } 3878 3879 return did_header; 3880 } 3881 3882 static void 3883 syn_clear_keyword(id, ktabp) 3884 int id; 3885 keyentry_T **ktabp; 3886 { 3887 int i; 3888 keyentry_T *ktab; 3889 keyentry_T *ktab_prev; 3890 keyentry_T *ktab_next; 3891 3892 if (ktabp == NULL) /* no keywords present */ 3893 return; 3894 3895 for (i = 0; i < KHASH_SIZE; ++i) 3896 { 3897 ktab_prev = NULL; 3898 for (ktab = ktabp[i]; ktab != NULL; ) 3899 { 3900 if (ktab->k_syn.id == id) 3901 { 3902 ktab_next = ktab->next; 3903 if (ktab_prev == NULL) 3904 ktabp[i] = ktab_next; 3905 else 3906 ktab_prev->next = ktab_next; 3907 vim_free(ktab); 3908 ktab = ktab_next; 3909 } 3910 else 3911 { 3912 ktab_prev = ktab; 3913 ktab = ktab->next; 3914 } 3915 } 3916 } 3917 } 3918 3919 /* 3920 * Recursive function to free() a branch of a kwordtab. 3921 */ 3922 static void 3923 free_keywtab(ktabp) 3924 keyentry_T **ktabp; 3925 { 3926 int i; 3927 keyentry_T *ktab; 3928 keyentry_T *ktab_next; 3929 3930 if (ktabp != NULL) 3931 { 3932 for (i = 0; i < KHASH_SIZE; ++i) 3933 for (ktab = ktabp[i]; ktab != NULL; ktab = ktab_next) 3934 { 3935 ktab_next = ktab->next; 3936 vim_free(ktab->next_list); 3937 vim_free(ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list); 3938 vim_free(ktab); 3939 } 3940 vim_free(ktabp); 3941 } 3942 } 3943 3944 /* 3945 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords. 3946 */ 3947 static void 3948 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list) 3949 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */ 3950 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */ 3951 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */ 3952 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */ 3953 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */ 3954 { 3955 keyentry_T *ktab; 3956 keyentry_T ***ktabpp; 3957 int hash; 3958 char_u *name_ic = name; 3959 3960 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic) 3961 { 3962 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name)); 3963 if (name_ic == NULL) 3964 name_ic = name; 3965 } 3966 ktab = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic))); 3967 if (ktab == NULL) 3968 return; 3969 STRCPY(ktab->keyword, name_ic); 3970 if (name_ic != name) 3971 vim_free(name_ic); 3972 ktab->k_syn.id = id; 3973 ktab->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; 3974 ktab->flags = flags; 3975 ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list); 3976 if (cont_in_list != NULL) 3977 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; 3978 ktab->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list); 3979 3980 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic) 3981 ktabpp = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic; 3982 else 3983 ktabpp = &curbuf->b_keywtab; 3984 3985 if (*ktabpp == NULL) 3986 { 3987 *ktabpp = (keyentry_T **)alloc_clear( 3988 (int)(sizeof(keyentry_T *) * KHASH_SIZE)); 3989 if (*ktabpp == NULL) 3990 return; 3991 } 3992 3993 hash = syn_khash(ktab->keyword); 3994 ktab->next = (*ktabpp)[hash]; 3995 (*ktabpp)[hash] = ktab; 3996 } 3997 3998 /* 3999 * Compute a hash value for a keyword. Uses the ElfHash algorithm, which is 4000 * supposed to have an even distribution (suggested by Charles Campbell). 4001 */ 4002 static int 4003 syn_khash(p) 4004 char_u *p; 4005 { 4006 long_u hash = 0; 4007 long_u g; 4008 4009 while (*p != NUL) 4010 { 4011 hash = (hash << 4) + *p++; /* clear low 4 bits of hash, add char */ 4012 g = hash & 0xf0000000L; /* g has high 4 bits of hash only */ 4013 if (g != 0) 4014 hash ^= g >> 24; /* xor g's high 4 bits into hash */ 4015 } 4016 4017 return (int)(hash & KHASH_MASK); 4018 } 4019 4020 /* 4021 * Get the start and end of the group name argument. 4022 * Return a pointer to the first argument. 4023 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args. 4024 */ 4025 static char_u * 4026 get_group_name(arg, name_end) 4027 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */ 4028 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */ 4029 { 4030 char_u *rest; 4031 4032 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg); 4033 rest = skipwhite(*name_end); 4034 4035 /* 4036 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a 4037 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL. 4038 */ 4039 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL) 4040 return NULL; 4041 return rest; 4042 } 4043 4044 /* 4045 * Check for syntax command option arguments. 4046 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks 4047 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to 4048 * collect all options in between other arguments. 4049 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option). 4050 * Return NULL for any error; 4051 */ 4052 static char_u * 4053 get_syn_options(arg, flagsp, keyword, sync_idx, cont_list, 4054 cont_in_list, next_list) 4055 char_u *arg; /* next argument */ 4056 int *flagsp; /* flags for contained and transpartent */ 4057 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */ 4058 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL 4059 if not allowed */ 4060 short **cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument, NULL if 4061 not allowed */ 4062 short **cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument, NULL 4063 if not allowed */ 4064 short **next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */ 4065 { 4066 int flags; 4067 char_u *gname_start, *gname; 4068 int syn_id; 4069 int len; 4070 int i; 4071 int fidx; 4072 static struct flag 4073 { 4074 char *name; 4075 int len; 4076 int val; 4077 } flagtab[] = { {"contained", 9, HL_CONTAINED}, 4078 {"oneline", 7, HL_ONELINE}, 4079 {"keepend", 7, HL_KEEPEND}, 4080 {"extend", 6, HL_EXTEND}, 4081 {"excludenl", 9, HL_EXCLUDENL}, 4082 {"transparent", 11, HL_TRANSP}, 4083 {"skipnl", 6, HL_SKIPNL}, 4084 {"skipwhite", 9, HL_SKIPWHITE}, 4085 {"skipempty", 9, HL_SKIPEMPTY}, 4086 {"grouphere", 9, HL_SYNC_HERE}, 4087 {"groupthere", 10, HL_SYNC_THERE}, 4088 {"display", 7, HL_DISPLAY}, 4089 {"fold", 4, HL_FOLD}, 4090 }; 4091 #define MLEN 12 4092 char lowname[MLEN]; 4093 int llen; 4094 4095 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */ 4096 return NULL; 4097 4098 flags = *flagsp; 4099 for (;;) 4100 { 4101 /* STRNICMP() is a bit slow, change arg to lowercase first and use 4102 * STRNCMP() */ 4103 for (llen = 0; llen < MLEN; ++llen) 4104 { 4105 if (!isalpha(arg[llen])) 4106 break; 4107 lowname[llen] = TOLOWER_ASC(arg[llen]); 4108 } 4109 4110 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; ) 4111 { 4112 len = flagtab[fidx].len; 4113 if (len == llen 4114 && STRNCMP(lowname, flagtab[fidx].name, len) == 0 4115 && (ends_excmd(arg[len]) || vim_iswhite(arg[len]))) 4116 { 4117 if (keyword 4118 && (flagtab[fidx].val == HL_DISPLAY 4119 || flagtab[fidx].val == HL_FOLD 4120 || flagtab[fidx].val == HL_EXTEND)) 4121 { 4122 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */ 4123 fidx = -1; 4124 break; 4125 } 4126 4127 flags |= flagtab[fidx].val; 4128 arg = skipwhite(arg + len); 4129 4130 if (flagtab[fidx].val == HL_SYNC_HERE 4131 || flagtab[fidx].val == HL_SYNC_THERE) 4132 { 4133 if (sync_idx == NULL) 4134 { 4135 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here")); 4136 return NULL; 4137 } 4138 gname_start = arg; 4139 arg = skiptowhite(arg); 4140 if (gname_start == arg) 4141 return NULL; 4142 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start)); 4143 if (gname == NULL) 4144 return NULL; 4145 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0) 4146 *sync_idx = NONE_IDX; 4147 else 4148 { 4149 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname); 4150 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 4151 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id 4152 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 4153 { 4154 *sync_idx = i; 4155 break; 4156 } 4157 if (i < 0) 4158 { 4159 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname); 4160 vim_free(gname); 4161 return NULL; 4162 } 4163 } 4164 4165 vim_free(gname); 4166 arg = skipwhite(arg); 4167 } 4168 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4169 else if (flagtab[fidx].val == HL_FOLD 4170 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin)) 4171 { 4172 /* Need to update folds later. */ 4173 foldUpdateAll(curwin); 4174 } 4175 #endif 4176 break; 4177 } 4178 } 4179 if (fidx >= 0) 4180 continue; 4181 4182 if (llen == 8 && STRNCMP(lowname, "contains", 8) == 0 4183 && (vim_iswhite(arg[8]) || arg[8] == '=')) 4184 { 4185 if (cont_list == NULL) 4186 { 4187 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here")); 4188 return NULL; 4189 } 4190 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, cont_list) == FAIL) 4191 return NULL; 4192 } 4193 else if (llen == 11 && STRNCMP(lowname, "containedin", 11) == 0 4194 && (vim_iswhite(arg[11]) || arg[11] == '=')) 4195 { 4196 if (cont_in_list == NULL) 4197 { 4198 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here")); 4199 return NULL; 4200 } 4201 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, cont_in_list) == FAIL) 4202 return NULL; 4203 } 4204 else if (llen == 9 && STRNCMP(lowname, "nextgroup", 9) == 0 4205 && (vim_iswhite(arg[9]) || arg[9] == '=')) 4206 { 4207 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, next_list) == FAIL) 4208 return NULL; 4209 } 4210 else 4211 break; 4212 } 4213 4214 *flagsp = flags; 4215 4216 return arg; 4217 } 4218 4219 /* 4220 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file. 4221 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it 4222 * to the specified top-level group, if any. 4223 */ 4224 static void 4225 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp) 4226 int id; 4227 int *flagsp; 4228 { 4229 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0) 4230 return; 4231 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED; 4232 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER) 4233 { 4234 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */ 4235 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short))); 4236 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER; 4237 4238 if (grp_list != NULL) 4239 { 4240 grp_list[0] = id; 4241 grp_list[1] = 0; 4242 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list, 4243 CLUSTER_ADD); 4244 } 4245 } 4246 } 4247 4248 /* 4249 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command. 4250 */ 4251 /* ARGSUSED */ 4252 static void 4253 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing) 4254 exarg_T *eap; 4255 int syncing; /* not used */ 4256 { 4257 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 4258 int sgl_id = 1; 4259 char_u *group_name_end; 4260 char_u *rest; 4261 char_u *errormsg = NULL; 4262 int prev_toplvl_grp; 4263 int prev_syn_inc_tag; 4264 int source = FALSE; 4265 4266 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 4267 if (eap->skip) 4268 return; 4269 4270 if (arg[0] == '@') 4271 { 4272 ++arg; 4273 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 4274 if (rest == NULL) 4275 { 4276 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required")); 4277 return; 4278 } 4279 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)); 4280 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */ 4281 eap->arg = rest; 4282 } 4283 4284 /* 4285 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the 4286 * filename to include. 4287 */ 4288 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC); 4289 separate_nextcmd(eap); 4290 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg)) 4291 { 4292 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the 4293 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases 4294 * ":runtime!" is used. */ 4295 source = TRUE; 4296 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL) 4297 { 4298 if (errormsg != NULL) 4299 EMSG(errormsg); 4300 return; 4301 } 4302 } 4303 4304 /* 4305 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn 4306 * include" tag around the actual inclusion. 4307 */ 4308 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; 4309 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag; 4310 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp; 4311 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id; 4312 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL 4313 : cmd_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL) 4314 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg); 4315 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp; 4316 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag; 4317 } 4318 4319 /* 4320 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command. 4321 */ 4322 /* ARGSUSED */ 4323 static void 4324 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing) 4325 exarg_T *eap; 4326 int syncing; /* not used */ 4327 { 4328 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 4329 char_u *group_name_end; 4330 int syn_id; 4331 char_u *rest; 4332 char_u *keyword_copy; 4333 char_u *p; 4334 char_u *first_arg; 4335 int round; 4336 int flags = 0; 4337 short *next_list = NULL; 4338 short *cont_in_list = NULL; 4339 4340 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 4341 4342 if (rest != NULL) 4343 { 4344 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)); 4345 4346 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */ 4347 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1); 4348 if (keyword_copy != NULL) 4349 { 4350 /* 4351 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be 4352 * found before keywords can be created. 4353 * round 1: collect the options. 4354 * round 2: create the keywords. 4355 */ 4356 first_arg = rest; 4357 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) 4358 { 4359 /* 4360 * Isolate each keyword and add an entry for it. 4361 */ 4362 for (rest = first_arg; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); 4363 rest = skipwhite(rest)) 4364 { 4365 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &flags, TRUE, NULL, 4366 NULL, &cont_in_list, &next_list); 4367 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest)) 4368 break; 4369 p = keyword_copy; 4370 while (*rest != 0 && !vim_iswhite(*rest)) 4371 { 4372 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL) 4373 ++rest; 4374 *p++ = *rest++; 4375 } 4376 *p = NUL; 4377 if (round == 2 && !eap->skip) 4378 { 4379 for (p = vim_strchr(keyword_copy, '['); ; ) 4380 { 4381 if (p != NULL) 4382 *p = NUL; 4383 add_keyword(keyword_copy, syn_id, flags, 4384 cont_in_list, next_list); 4385 if (p == NULL || p[1] == NUL || p[1] == ']') 4386 break; 4387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4388 if (has_mbyte) 4389 { 4390 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + 1); 4391 4392 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l); 4393 p += l; 4394 } 4395 else 4396 #endif 4397 { 4398 p[0] = p[1]; 4399 ++p; 4400 } 4401 } 4402 } 4403 } 4404 if (round == 1) 4405 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &flags); 4406 } 4407 vim_free(keyword_copy); 4408 } 4409 } 4410 4411 if (rest != NULL) 4412 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); 4413 else 4414 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 4415 4416 vim_free(cont_in_list); 4417 vim_free(next_list); 4418 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 4419 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 4420 } 4421 4422 /* 4423 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]". 4424 * 4425 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .." 4426 */ 4427 static void 4428 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing) 4429 exarg_T *eap; 4430 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */ 4431 { 4432 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 4433 char_u *group_name_end; 4434 char_u *rest; 4435 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */ 4436 int syn_id; 4437 int idx; 4438 int flags = 0; 4439 int sync_idx = 0; 4440 short *cont_list = NULL; 4441 short *cont_in_list = NULL; 4442 short *next_list = NULL; 4443 4444 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */ 4445 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 4446 4447 /* Get options before the pattern */ 4448 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &flags, FALSE, 4449 syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL, &cont_list, &cont_in_list, &next_list); 4450 4451 /* get the pattern. */ 4452 init_syn_patterns(); 4453 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item)); 4454 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item); 4455 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(flags & HL_EXCLUDENL)) 4456 flags |= HL_HAS_EOL; 4457 4458 /* Get options after the pattern */ 4459 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &flags, FALSE, 4460 syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL, &cont_list, &cont_in_list, &next_list); 4461 4462 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */ 4463 { 4464 /* 4465 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments. 4466 */ 4467 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); 4468 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip) 4469 rest = NULL; 4470 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL 4471 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, 4472 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0) 4473 { 4474 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &flags); 4475 /* 4476 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list 4477 */ 4478 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 4479 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item; 4480 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing; 4481 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH; 4482 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id; 4483 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; 4484 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = flags; 4485 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx; 4486 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = cont_list; 4487 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list = cont_in_list; 4488 if (cont_in_list != NULL) 4489 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; 4490 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = next_list; 4491 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 4492 --curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_room; 4493 4494 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */ 4495 if (flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)) 4496 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH; 4497 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4498 if (flags & HL_FOLD) 4499 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems; 4500 #endif 4501 4502 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 4503 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 4504 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */ 4505 } 4506 } 4507 4508 /* 4509 * Something failed, free the allocated memory. 4510 */ 4511 vim_free(item.sp_prog); 4512 vim_free(item.sp_pattern); 4513 vim_free(cont_list); 4514 vim_free(cont_in_list); 4515 vim_free(next_list); 4516 4517 if (rest == NULL) 4518 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 4519 } 4520 4521 /* 4522 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}] 4523 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]". 4524 */ 4525 static void 4526 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing) 4527 exarg_T *eap; 4528 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */ 4529 { 4530 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 4531 char_u *group_name_end; 4532 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */ 4533 char_u *key_end; 4534 char_u *key = NULL; 4535 char_u *p; 4536 int item; 4537 #define ITEM_START 0 4538 #define ITEM_SKIP 1 4539 #define ITEM_END 2 4540 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3 4541 struct pat_ptr 4542 { 4543 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */ 4544 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */ 4545 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */ 4546 } *(pat_ptrs[3]); 4547 /* patterns found in the line */ 4548 struct pat_ptr *ppp; 4549 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next; 4550 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */ 4551 int syn_id; 4552 int matchgroup_id = 0; 4553 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */ 4554 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */ 4555 int success = FALSE; 4556 int idx; 4557 int flags = 0; 4558 short *cont_list = NULL; 4559 short *cont_in_list = NULL; 4560 short *next_list = NULL; 4561 4562 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */ 4563 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 4564 4565 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL; 4566 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL; 4567 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL; 4568 4569 init_syn_patterns(); 4570 4571 /* 4572 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup. 4573 */ 4574 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest)) 4575 { 4576 /* Check for option arguments */ 4577 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &flags, FALSE, NULL, 4578 &cont_list, &cont_in_list, &next_list); 4579 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest)) 4580 break; 4581 4582 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */ 4583 key_end = rest; 4584 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=') 4585 ++key_end; 4586 vim_free(key); 4587 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest)); 4588 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */ 4589 { 4590 rest = NULL; 4591 break; 4592 } 4593 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0) 4594 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP; 4595 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0) 4596 item = ITEM_START; 4597 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0) 4598 item = ITEM_END; 4599 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0) 4600 { 4601 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */ 4602 { 4603 illegal = TRUE; 4604 break; 4605 } 4606 item = ITEM_SKIP; 4607 } 4608 else 4609 break; 4610 rest = skipwhite(key_end); 4611 if (*rest != '=') 4612 { 4613 rest = NULL; 4614 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg); 4615 break; 4616 } 4617 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1); 4618 if (*rest == NUL) 4619 { 4620 not_enough = TRUE; 4621 break; 4622 } 4623 4624 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP) 4625 { 4626 p = skiptowhite(rest); 4627 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip) 4628 matchgroup_id = 0; 4629 else 4630 { 4631 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest)); 4632 if (matchgroup_id == 0) 4633 { 4634 illegal = TRUE; 4635 break; 4636 } 4637 } 4638 rest = skipwhite(p); 4639 } 4640 else 4641 { 4642 /* 4643 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of 4644 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is 4645 * used from end to start). 4646 */ 4647 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr)); 4648 if (ppp == NULL) 4649 { 4650 rest = NULL; 4651 break; 4652 } 4653 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item]; 4654 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp; 4655 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T)); 4656 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL) 4657 { 4658 rest = NULL; 4659 break; 4660 } 4661 4662 /* 4663 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s). 4664 */ 4665 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */ 4666 if (item == ITEM_START) 4667 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET; 4668 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END) 4669 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE; 4670 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp); 4671 reg_do_extmatch = 0; 4672 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol() 4673 && !(flags & HL_EXCLUDENL)) 4674 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL; 4675 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id; 4676 ++pat_count; 4677 } 4678 } 4679 vim_free(key); 4680 if (illegal || not_enough) 4681 rest = NULL; 4682 4683 /* 4684 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern. 4685 */ 4686 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL || 4687 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL)) 4688 { 4689 not_enough = TRUE; 4690 rest = NULL; 4691 } 4692 4693 if (rest != NULL) 4694 { 4695 /* 4696 * Check for trailing garbage or command. 4697 * If OK, add the item. 4698 */ 4699 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); 4700 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip) 4701 rest = NULL; 4702 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL 4703 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, 4704 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0) 4705 { 4706 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &flags); 4707 /* 4708 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list 4709 */ 4710 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 4711 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item) 4712 { 4713 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next) 4714 { 4715 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp); 4716 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing; 4717 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = 4718 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START : 4719 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END; 4720 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= flags; 4721 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id; 4722 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; 4723 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id = 4724 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id; 4725 if (item == ITEM_START) 4726 { 4727 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = cont_list; 4728 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list = 4729 cont_in_list; 4730 if (cont_in_list != NULL) 4731 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; 4732 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = next_list; 4733 } 4734 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 4735 --curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_room; 4736 ++idx; 4737 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4738 if (flags & HL_FOLD) 4739 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems; 4740 #endif 4741 } 4742 } 4743 4744 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 4745 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 4746 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */ 4747 } 4748 } 4749 4750 /* 4751 * Free the allocated memory. 4752 */ 4753 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item) 4754 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next) 4755 { 4756 if (!success) 4757 { 4758 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog); 4759 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern); 4760 } 4761 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp); 4762 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next; 4763 vim_free(ppp); 4764 } 4765 4766 if (!success) 4767 { 4768 vim_free(cont_list); 4769 vim_free(cont_in_list); 4770 vim_free(next_list); 4771 if (not_enough) 4772 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg); 4773 else if (illegal || rest == NULL) 4774 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 4775 } 4776 } 4777 4778 /* 4779 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort() 4780 */ 4781 static int 4782 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 4783 _RTLENTRYF 4784 #endif 4785 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2) 4786 const void *v1; 4787 const void *v2; 4788 { 4789 const short *s1 = v1; 4790 const short *s2 = v2; 4791 4792 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0); 4793 } 4794 4795 /* 4796 * Combines lists of syntax clusters. 4797 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed. 4798 */ 4799 static void 4800 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op) 4801 short **clstr1; 4802 short **clstr2; 4803 int list_op; 4804 { 4805 int count1 = 0; 4806 int count2 = 0; 4807 short *g1; 4808 short *g2; 4809 short *clstr = NULL; 4810 int count; 4811 int round; 4812 4813 /* 4814 * Handle degenerate cases. 4815 */ 4816 if (*clstr2 == NULL) 4817 return; 4818 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE) 4819 { 4820 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE) 4821 vim_free(*clstr1); 4822 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) 4823 *clstr1 = *clstr2; 4824 else 4825 vim_free(*clstr2); 4826 return; 4827 } 4828 4829 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++) 4830 ++count1; 4831 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++) 4832 ++count2; 4833 4834 /* 4835 * For speed purposes, sort both lists. 4836 */ 4837 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub); 4838 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub); 4839 4840 /* 4841 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place 4842 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new 4843 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller 4844 * of the current elements in each list to the new list. 4845 */ 4846 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++) 4847 { 4848 g1 = *clstr1; 4849 g2 = *clstr2; 4850 count = 0; 4851 4852 /* 4853 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty. 4854 */ 4855 while (*g1 && *g2) 4856 { 4857 /* 4858 * We always want to add from the first list. 4859 */ 4860 if (*g1 < *g2) 4861 { 4862 if (round == 2) 4863 clstr[count] = *g1; 4864 count++; 4865 g1++; 4866 continue; 4867 } 4868 /* 4869 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the 4870 * lists. 4871 */ 4872 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) 4873 { 4874 if (round == 2) 4875 clstr[count] = *g2; 4876 count++; 4877 } 4878 if (*g1 == *g2) 4879 g1++; 4880 g2++; 4881 } 4882 4883 /* 4884 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished 4885 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if 4886 * we're adding the lists. 4887 */ 4888 for (; *g1; g1++, count++) 4889 if (round == 2) 4890 clstr[count] = *g1; 4891 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) 4892 for (; *g2; g2++, count++) 4893 if (round == 2) 4894 clstr[count] = *g2; 4895 4896 if (round == 1) 4897 { 4898 /* 4899 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any 4900 * space for it. 4901 */ 4902 if (count == 0) 4903 { 4904 clstr = NULL; 4905 break; 4906 } 4907 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short))); 4908 if (clstr == NULL) 4909 break; 4910 clstr[count] = 0; 4911 } 4912 } 4913 4914 /* 4915 * Finally, put the new list in place. 4916 */ 4917 vim_free(*clstr1); 4918 vim_free(*clstr2); 4919 *clstr1 = clstr; 4920 } 4921 4922 /* 4923 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID. 4924 * If it is not found, 0 is returned. 4925 */ 4926 static int 4927 syn_scl_name2id(name) 4928 char_u *name; 4929 { 4930 int i; 4931 char_u *name_u; 4932 4933 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */ 4934 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); 4935 if (name_u == NULL) 4936 return 0; 4937 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 4938 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL 4939 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0) 4940 break; 4941 vim_free(name_u); 4942 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER); 4943 } 4944 4945 /* 4946 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument. 4947 */ 4948 static int 4949 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len) 4950 char_u *linep; 4951 int len; 4952 { 4953 char_u *name; 4954 int id = 0; 4955 4956 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len); 4957 if (name != NULL) 4958 { 4959 id = syn_scl_name2id(name); 4960 vim_free(name); 4961 } 4962 return id; 4963 } 4964 4965 /* 4966 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID. 4967 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name. 4968 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created. 4969 * Return 0 for failure. 4970 */ 4971 static int 4972 syn_check_cluster(pp, len) 4973 char_u *pp; 4974 int len; 4975 { 4976 int id; 4977 char_u *name; 4978 4979 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len); 4980 if (name == NULL) 4981 return 0; 4982 4983 id = syn_scl_name2id(name); 4984 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */ 4985 id = syn_add_cluster(name); 4986 else 4987 vim_free(name); 4988 return id; 4989 } 4990 4991 /* 4992 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID. 4993 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed. 4994 * Return 0 for failure. 4995 */ 4996 static int 4997 syn_add_cluster(name) 4998 char_u *name; 4999 { 5000 int len; 5001 5002 /* 5003 * First call for this growarray: init growing array. 5004 */ 5005 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL) 5006 { 5007 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct syn_cluster); 5008 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10; 5009 } 5010 5011 /* 5012 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry. 5013 */ 5014 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL) 5015 { 5016 vim_free(name); 5017 return 0; 5018 } 5019 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; 5020 5021 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(struct syn_cluster)); 5022 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name; 5023 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); 5024 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL; 5025 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; 5026 --curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_room; 5027 5028 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER; 5029 } 5030 5031 /* 5032 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..] 5033 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]". 5034 */ 5035 /* ARGSUSED */ 5036 static void 5037 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing) 5038 exarg_T *eap; 5039 int syncing; /* not used */ 5040 { 5041 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 5042 char_u *group_name_end; 5043 char_u *rest; 5044 int scl_id; 5045 short *clstr_list; 5046 int got_clstr = FALSE; 5047 int opt_len; 5048 int list_op; 5049 5050 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 5051 if (eap->skip) 5052 return; 5053 5054 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 5055 5056 if (rest != NULL) 5057 { 5058 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)) 5059 - SYNID_CLUSTER; 5060 5061 for (;;) 5062 { 5063 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0 5064 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '=')) 5065 { 5066 opt_len = 3; 5067 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD; 5068 } 5069 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0 5070 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '=')) 5071 { 5072 opt_len = 6; 5073 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT; 5074 } 5075 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0 5076 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '=')) 5077 { 5078 opt_len = 8; 5079 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE; 5080 } 5081 else 5082 break; 5083 5084 clstr_list = NULL; 5085 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL) 5086 { 5087 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest); 5088 break; 5089 } 5090 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list, 5091 &clstr_list, list_op); 5092 got_clstr = TRUE; 5093 } 5094 5095 if (got_clstr) 5096 { 5097 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 5098 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 5099 } 5100 } 5101 5102 if (!got_clstr) 5103 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified")); 5104 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest)) 5105 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 5106 } 5107 5108 /* 5109 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array. 5110 */ 5111 static void 5112 init_syn_patterns() 5113 { 5114 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T); 5115 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10; 5116 } 5117 5118 /* 5119 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command. 5120 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T. 5121 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error. 5122 */ 5123 static char_u * 5124 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci) 5125 char_u *arg; 5126 synpat_T *ci; 5127 { 5128 char_u *end; 5129 int *p; 5130 int idx; 5131 char_u *cpo_save; 5132 5133 /* need at least three chars */ 5134 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL) 5135 return NULL; 5136 5137 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL); 5138 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */ 5139 { 5140 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg); 5141 return NULL; 5142 } 5143 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */ 5144 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL) 5145 return NULL; 5146 5147 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */ 5148 cpo_save = p_cpo; 5149 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 5150 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC); 5151 p_cpo = cpo_save; 5152 5153 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL) 5154 return NULL; 5155 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic; 5156 5157 /* 5158 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset. 5159 */ 5160 ++end; 5161 do 5162 { 5163 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; ) 5164 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0) 5165 break; 5166 if (idx >= 0) 5167 { 5168 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]); 5169 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF) 5170 switch (end[3]) 5171 { 5172 case 's': break; 5173 case 'b': break; 5174 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break; 5175 default: idx = -1; break; 5176 } 5177 if (idx >= 0) 5178 { 5179 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx); 5180 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */ 5181 { 5182 end += 3; 5183 *p = getdigits(&end); 5184 5185 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */ 5186 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF))) 5187 { 5188 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF); 5189 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p; 5190 } 5191 } 5192 else /* yy=x+99 */ 5193 { 5194 end += 4; 5195 if (*end == '+') 5196 { 5197 ++end; 5198 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */ 5199 } 5200 else if (*end == '-') 5201 { 5202 ++end; 5203 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */ 5204 } 5205 } 5206 if (*end != ',') 5207 break; 5208 ++end; 5209 } 5210 } 5211 } while (idx >= 0); 5212 5213 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end)) 5214 { 5215 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg); 5216 return NULL; 5217 } 5218 return skipwhite(end); 5219 } 5220 5221 /* 5222 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command. 5223 */ 5224 /* ARGSUSED */ 5225 static void 5226 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing) 5227 exarg_T *eap; 5228 int syncing; /* not used */ 5229 { 5230 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg; 5231 char_u *arg_end; 5232 char_u *key = NULL; 5233 char_u *next_arg; 5234 int illegal = FALSE; 5235 int finished = FALSE; 5236 long n; 5237 char_u *cpo_save; 5238 5239 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start)) 5240 { 5241 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE); 5242 return; 5243 } 5244 5245 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start)) 5246 { 5247 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start); 5248 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end); 5249 vim_free(key); 5250 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start)); 5251 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0) 5252 { 5253 if (!eap->skip) 5254 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT; 5255 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg)) 5256 { 5257 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg); 5258 if (!eap->skip) 5259 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg, 5260 (int)(arg_end - next_arg)); 5261 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end); 5262 } 5263 else if (!eap->skip) 5264 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment"); 5265 } 5266 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0 5267 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0 5268 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0 5269 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0) 5270 { 5271 if (key[4] == 'S') 5272 arg_end = key + 6; 5273 else if (key[0] == 'L') 5274 arg_end = key + 11; 5275 else 5276 arg_end = key + 9; 5277 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end)) 5278 { 5279 illegal = TRUE; 5280 break; 5281 } 5282 n = getdigits(&arg_end); 5283 if (!eap->skip) 5284 { 5285 if (key[4] == 'B') 5286 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n; 5287 else if (key[1] == 'A') 5288 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n; 5289 else 5290 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n; 5291 } 5292 } 5293 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0) 5294 { 5295 if (!eap->skip) 5296 { 5297 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM; 5298 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; 5299 } 5300 } 5301 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0) 5302 { 5303 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL) 5304 { 5305 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice")); 5306 finished = TRUE; 5307 break; 5308 } 5309 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL); 5310 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */ 5311 { 5312 illegal = TRUE; 5313 break; 5314 } 5315 5316 if (!eap->skip) 5317 { 5318 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */ 5319 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1, 5320 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL) 5321 { 5322 finished = TRUE; 5323 break; 5324 } 5325 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic; 5326 5327 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */ 5328 cpo_save = p_cpo; 5329 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 5330 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = 5331 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC); 5332 p_cpo = cpo_save; 5333 5334 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL) 5335 { 5336 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat); 5337 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; 5338 finished = TRUE; 5339 break; 5340 } 5341 } 5342 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1); 5343 } 5344 else 5345 { 5346 eap->arg = next_arg; 5347 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0) 5348 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE); 5349 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0) 5350 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE); 5351 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0) 5352 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE); 5353 else 5354 illegal = TRUE; 5355 finished = TRUE; 5356 break; 5357 } 5358 arg_start = next_arg; 5359 } 5360 vim_free(key); 5361 if (illegal) 5362 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start); 5363 else if (!finished) 5364 { 5365 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start); 5366 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 5367 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 5368 } 5369 } 5370 5371 /* 5372 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers. 5373 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword. 5374 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name. 5375 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added). 5376 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success. 5377 */ 5378 static int 5379 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list) 5380 char_u **arg; 5381 int keylen; /* length of keyword */ 5382 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not 5383 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */ 5384 { 5385 char_u *p = NULL; 5386 char_u *end; 5387 int round; 5388 int count; 5389 int total_count = 0; 5390 short *retval = NULL; 5391 char_u *name; 5392 regmatch_T regmatch; 5393 int id; 5394 int i; 5395 int failed = FALSE; 5396 5397 /* 5398 * We parse the list twice: 5399 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array. 5400 * round == 2: fill the array with the items. 5401 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to 5402 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again. 5403 */ 5404 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) 5405 { 5406 /* 5407 * skip "contains" 5408 */ 5409 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen); 5410 if (*p != '=') 5411 { 5412 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg); 5413 break; 5414 } 5415 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 5416 if (ends_excmd(*p)) 5417 { 5418 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg); 5419 break; 5420 } 5421 5422 /* 5423 * parse the arguments after "contains" 5424 */ 5425 count = 0; 5426 while (!ends_excmd(*p)) 5427 { 5428 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end) 5429 ; 5430 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */ 5431 if (name == NULL) 5432 { 5433 failed = TRUE; 5434 break; 5435 } 5436 STRNCPY(name + 1, p, end - p); 5437 name[end - p + 1] = NUL; 5438 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0 5439 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0 5440 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0 5441 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0) 5442 { 5443 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C') 5444 { 5445 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1); 5446 failed = TRUE; 5447 vim_free(name); 5448 break; 5449 } 5450 if (count != 0) 5451 { 5452 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1); 5453 failed = TRUE; 5454 vim_free(name); 5455 break; 5456 } 5457 if (name[1] == 'A') 5458 id = SYNID_ALLBUT; 5459 else if (name[1] == 'T') 5460 id = SYNID_TOP; 5461 else 5462 id = SYNID_CONTAINED; 5463 id += current_syn_inc_tag; 5464 } 5465 else if (name[1] == '@') 5466 { 5467 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1)); 5468 } 5469 else 5470 { 5471 /* 5472 * Handle full group name. 5473 */ 5474 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL) 5475 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p)); 5476 else 5477 { 5478 /* 5479 * Handle match of regexp with group names. 5480 */ 5481 *name = '^'; 5482 STRCAT(name, "$"); 5483 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC); 5484 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 5485 { 5486 failed = TRUE; 5487 vim_free(name); 5488 break; 5489 } 5490 5491 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; 5492 id = 0; 5493 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 5494 { 5495 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name, 5496 (colnr_T)0)) 5497 { 5498 if (round == 2) 5499 { 5500 /* Got more items than expected; can happen 5501 * when adding items that match: 5502 * "contains=a.*b,axb". 5503 * Go back to first round */ 5504 if (count >= total_count) 5505 { 5506 vim_free(retval); 5507 round = 1; 5508 } 5509 else 5510 retval[count] = i + 1; 5511 } 5512 ++count; 5513 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */ 5514 } 5515 } 5516 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); 5517 } 5518 } 5519 vim_free(name); 5520 if (id == 0) 5521 { 5522 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p); 5523 failed = TRUE; 5524 break; 5525 } 5526 if (id > 0) 5527 { 5528 if (round == 2) 5529 { 5530 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */ 5531 if (count >= total_count) 5532 { 5533 vim_free(retval); 5534 round = 1; 5535 } 5536 else 5537 retval[count] = id; 5538 } 5539 ++count; 5540 } 5541 p = skipwhite(end); 5542 if (*p != ',') 5543 break; 5544 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */ 5545 } 5546 if (failed) 5547 break; 5548 if (round == 1) 5549 { 5550 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short))); 5551 if (retval == NULL) 5552 break; 5553 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */ 5554 total_count = count; 5555 } 5556 } 5557 5558 *arg = p; 5559 if (failed || retval == NULL) 5560 { 5561 vim_free(retval); 5562 return FAIL; 5563 } 5564 5565 if (*list == NULL) 5566 *list = retval; 5567 else 5568 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */ 5569 5570 return OK; 5571 } 5572 5573 /* 5574 * Make a copy of an ID list. 5575 */ 5576 static short * 5577 copy_id_list(list) 5578 short *list; 5579 { 5580 int len; 5581 int count; 5582 short *retval; 5583 5584 if (list == NULL) 5585 return NULL; 5586 5587 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count) 5588 ; 5589 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short); 5590 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len); 5591 if (retval != NULL) 5592 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len); 5593 5594 return retval; 5595 } 5596 5597 /* 5598 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si". 5599 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list. 5600 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of 5601 * the current item. 5602 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!! 5603 */ 5604 static int 5605 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained) 5606 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */ 5607 short *list; /* id list */ 5608 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */ 5609 int contained; /* group id is contained */ 5610 { 5611 int retval; 5612 short *scl_list; 5613 short item; 5614 short id = ssp->id; 5615 static int depth = 0; 5616 int r; 5617 5618 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */ 5619 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL) 5620 { 5621 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check 5622 * that we don't go back past the first one. */ 5623 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT) 5624 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data)) 5625 --cur_si; 5626 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */ 5627 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list, 5628 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn), 5629 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)) 5630 return TRUE; 5631 } 5632 5633 if (list == NULL) 5634 return FALSE; 5635 5636 /* 5637 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't 5638 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups. 5639 */ 5640 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL) 5641 return !contained; 5642 5643 /* 5644 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the 5645 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include" 5646 * level as the list. 5647 */ 5648 item = *list; 5649 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER) 5650 { 5651 if (item < SYNID_TOP) 5652 { 5653 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */ 5654 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag) 5655 return FALSE; 5656 } 5657 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED) 5658 { 5659 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */ 5660 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained) 5661 return FALSE; 5662 } 5663 else 5664 { 5665 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */ 5666 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained) 5667 return FALSE; 5668 } 5669 item = *++list; 5670 retval = FALSE; 5671 } 5672 else 5673 retval = TRUE; 5674 5675 /* 5676 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list. 5677 */ 5678 while (item != 0) 5679 { 5680 if (item == id) 5681 return retval; 5682 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER) 5683 { 5684 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list; 5685 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a 5686 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */ 5687 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30) 5688 { 5689 ++depth; 5690 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained); 5691 --depth; 5692 if (r) 5693 return retval; 5694 } 5695 } 5696 item = *++list; 5697 } 5698 return !retval; 5699 } 5700 5701 struct subcommand 5702 { 5703 char *name; /* subcommand name */ 5704 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */ 5705 }; 5706 5707 static struct subcommand subcommands[] = 5708 { 5709 {"case", syn_cmd_case}, 5710 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear}, 5711 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster}, 5712 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable}, 5713 {"include", syn_cmd_include}, 5714 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword}, 5715 {"list", syn_cmd_list}, 5716 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual}, 5717 {"match", syn_cmd_match}, 5718 {"on", syn_cmd_on}, 5719 {"off", syn_cmd_off}, 5720 {"region", syn_cmd_region}, 5721 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset}, 5722 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync}, 5723 {"", syn_cmd_list}, 5724 {NULL, NULL} 5725 }; 5726 5727 /* 5728 * ":syntax". 5729 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a 5730 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest. 5731 */ 5732 void 5733 ex_syntax(eap) 5734 exarg_T *eap; 5735 { 5736 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 5737 char_u *subcmd_end; 5738 char_u *subcmd_name; 5739 int i; 5740 5741 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep; 5742 5743 /* isolate subcommand name */ 5744 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end) 5745 ; 5746 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg)); 5747 if (subcmd_name != NULL) 5748 { 5749 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */ 5750 ++emsg_skip; 5751 for (i = 0; ; ++i) 5752 { 5753 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL) 5754 { 5755 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name); 5756 break; 5757 } 5758 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0) 5759 { 5760 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end); 5761 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE); 5762 break; 5763 } 5764 } 5765 vim_free(subcmd_name); 5766 if (eap->skip) 5767 --emsg_skip; 5768 } 5769 } 5770 5771 int 5772 syntax_present(buf) 5773 buf_T *buf; 5774 { 5775 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0 5776 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0 5777 || curbuf->b_keywtab != NULL 5778 || curbuf->b_keywtab_ic != NULL); 5779 } 5780 5781 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 5782 5783 static enum 5784 { 5785 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */ 5786 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */ 5787 } expand_what; 5788 5789 5790 /* 5791 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command. 5792 */ 5793 void 5794 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg) 5795 expand_T *xp; 5796 char_u *arg; 5797 { 5798 char_u *p; 5799 5800 /* Default: expand subcommands */ 5801 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX; 5802 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD; 5803 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 5804 include_link = FALSE; 5805 include_default = FALSE; 5806 5807 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */ 5808 if (*arg != NUL) 5809 { 5810 p = skiptowhite(arg); 5811 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */ 5812 { 5813 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); 5814 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL) 5815 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 5816 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0) 5817 expand_what = EXP_CASE; 5818 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0 5819 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0 5820 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0 5821 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0) 5822 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; 5823 else 5824 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 5825 } 5826 } 5827 } 5828 5829 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL}; 5830 5831 /* 5832 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for 5833 * expansion. 5834 */ 5835 /*ARGSUSED*/ 5836 char_u * 5837 get_syntax_name(xp, idx) 5838 expand_T *xp; 5839 int idx; 5840 { 5841 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD) 5842 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name; 5843 return (char_u *)case_args[idx]; 5844 } 5845 5846 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 5847 5848 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER) || defined(PROTO) 5849 /* 5850 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position. 5851 */ 5852 int 5853 syn_get_id(lnum, col, trans) 5854 long lnum; 5855 long col; 5856 int trans; /* remove transparancy */ 5857 { 5858 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same 5859 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */ 5860 if (curwin->w_buffer != syn_buf 5861 || lnum != current_lnum 5862 || col < (long)current_col) 5863 syntax_start(curwin, lnum); 5864 5865 (void)get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)col); 5866 5867 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id); 5868 } 5869 #endif 5870 5871 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) 5872 /* 5873 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp". 5874 */ 5875 int 5876 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum) 5877 win_T *wp; 5878 long lnum; 5879 { 5880 int level = 0; 5881 int i; 5882 5883 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */ 5884 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0) 5885 { 5886 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 5887 5888 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) 5889 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD) 5890 ++level; 5891 } 5892 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn) 5893 level = wp->w_p_fdn; 5894 return level; 5895 } 5896 #endif 5897 5898 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */ 5899 5900 5901 /************************************** 5902 * Highlighting stuff * 5903 **************************************/ 5904 5905 /* 5906 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and 5907 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found. 5908 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim! 5909 */ 5910 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) = 5911 { 5912 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5913 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", 5914 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */ 5915 #endif 5916 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White", 5917 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse", 5918 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold", 5919 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue", 5920 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold", 5921 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse", 5922 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse", 5923 "Visual term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse guifg=Grey guibg=fg", 5924 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold", 5925 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red", 5926 NULL 5927 }; 5928 5929 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) = 5930 { 5931 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue", 5932 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown", 5933 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen", 5934 "Normal gui=NONE", 5935 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen", 5936 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE", 5937 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue", 5938 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta", 5939 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red", 5940 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black", 5941 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue", 5942 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue", 5943 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue", 5944 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue", 5945 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta", 5946 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan", 5947 NULL 5948 }; 5949 5950 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) = 5951 { 5952 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan", 5953 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow", 5954 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen", 5955 "Normal gui=NONE", 5956 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green", 5957 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black", 5958 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan", 5959 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta", 5960 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red", 5961 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black", 5962 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan", 5963 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan", 5964 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan", 5965 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue", 5966 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta", 5967 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan", 5968 NULL 5969 }; 5970 5971 void 5972 init_highlight(both, reset) 5973 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */ 5974 int reset; /* clear group first */ 5975 { 5976 int i; 5977 char **pp; 5978 static int had_both = FALSE; 5979 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5980 char_u *p; 5981 5982 /* 5983 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded 5984 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed. 5985 */ 5986 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name"); 5987 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK) 5988 return; 5989 #endif 5990 5991 /* 5992 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors. 5993 */ 5994 if (both) 5995 { 5996 had_both = TRUE; 5997 pp = highlight_init_both; 5998 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i) 5999 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE); 6000 } 6001 else if (!had_both) 6002 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main(). 6003 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule 6004 * everything anyway. */ 6005 return; 6006 6007 if (*p_bg == 'l') 6008 pp = highlight_init_light; 6009 else 6010 pp = highlight_init_dark; 6011 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i) 6012 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE); 6013 6014 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 6015 /* 6016 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it. 6017 */ 6018 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL) 6019 { 6020 static int recursive = 0; 6021 6022 if (recursive >= 5) 6023 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim")); 6024 else 6025 { 6026 ++recursive; 6027 (void)cmd_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE); 6028 --recursive; 6029 } 6030 } 6031 #endif 6032 } 6033 6034 /* 6035 * Load color file "name". 6036 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure. 6037 */ 6038 int 6039 load_colors(name) 6040 char_u *name; 6041 { 6042 char_u *buf; 6043 int retval = FAIL; 6044 static int recursive = FALSE; 6045 6046 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting 6047 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is 6048 * working, thus we should return OK. */ 6049 if (recursive) 6050 return OK; 6051 6052 recursive = TRUE; 6053 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12)); 6054 if (buf != NULL) 6055 { 6056 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name); 6057 retval = cmd_runtime(buf, FALSE); 6058 vim_free(buf); 6059 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 6060 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 6061 #endif 6062 } 6063 recursive = FALSE; 6064 6065 return retval; 6066 } 6067 6068 /* 6069 * Handle the ":highlight .." command. 6070 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with 6071 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE. 6072 */ 6073 void 6074 do_highlight(line, forceit, init) 6075 char_u *line; 6076 int forceit; 6077 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */ 6078 { 6079 char_u *name_end; 6080 char_u *p; 6081 char_u *linep; 6082 char_u *key_start; 6083 char_u *arg_start; 6084 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL; 6085 long i; 6086 int off; 6087 int len; 6088 int attr; 6089 int id; 6090 int idx; 6091 int dodefault = FALSE; 6092 int doclear = FALSE; 6093 int dolink = FALSE; 6094 int error = FALSE; 6095 int color; 6096 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */ 6097 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 6098 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */ 6099 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */ 6100 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */ 6101 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */ 6102 #else 6103 # define is_menu_group 0 6104 # define is_tooltip_group 0 6105 #endif 6106 6107 /* 6108 * If no argument, list current highlighting. 6109 */ 6110 if (ends_excmd(*line)) 6111 { 6112 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i) 6113 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */ 6114 highlight_list_one((int)i); 6115 return; 6116 } 6117 6118 /* 6119 * Isolate the name. 6120 */ 6121 name_end = skiptowhite(line); 6122 linep = skipwhite(name_end); 6123 6124 /* 6125 * Check for "default" argument. 6126 */ 6127 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0) 6128 { 6129 dodefault = TRUE; 6130 line = linep; 6131 name_end = skiptowhite(line); 6132 linep = skipwhite(name_end); 6133 } 6134 6135 /* 6136 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument. 6137 */ 6138 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0) 6139 doclear = TRUE; 6140 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0) 6141 dolink = TRUE; 6142 6143 /* 6144 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group. 6145 */ 6146 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep)) 6147 { 6148 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line)); 6149 if (id == 0) 6150 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line); 6151 else 6152 highlight_list_one(id); 6153 return; 6154 } 6155 6156 /* 6157 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command. 6158 */ 6159 if (dolink) 6160 { 6161 char_u *from_start = linep; 6162 char_u *from_end; 6163 char_u *to_start; 6164 char_u *to_end; 6165 int from_id; 6166 int to_id; 6167 6168 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start); 6169 to_start = skipwhite(from_end); 6170 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start); 6171 6172 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start)) 6173 { 6174 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), 6175 from_start); 6176 return; 6177 } 6178 6179 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end))) 6180 { 6181 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start); 6182 return; 6183 } 6184 6185 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start)); 6186 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0) 6187 to_id = 0; 6188 else 6189 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start)); 6190 6191 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0)) 6192 { 6193 /* 6194 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting 6195 * for the group, unless '!' is used 6196 */ 6197 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init 6198 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault)) 6199 { 6200 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault) 6201 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored")); 6202 } 6203 else 6204 { 6205 if (!init) 6206 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK; 6207 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id; 6208 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 6209 } 6210 } 6211 6212 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */ 6213 need_highlight_changed = TRUE; 6214 6215 return; 6216 } 6217 6218 if (doclear) 6219 { 6220 /* 6221 * ":highlight clear [group]" command. 6222 */ 6223 line = linep; 6224 if (ends_excmd(*line)) 6225 { 6226 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6227 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new 6228 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values. 6229 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values 6230 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but 6231 * invalid because they were free'd. 6232 */ 6233 if (gui.in_use) 6234 { 6235 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP 6236 gui_init_tooltip_font(); 6237 # endif 6238 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF)) 6239 gui_init_menu_font(); 6240 # endif 6241 } 6242 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) 6243 gui_mch_def_colors(); 6244 # endif 6245 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 6246 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 6247 6248 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight 6249 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case. 6250 */ 6251 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); 6252 # endif 6253 if (gui.in_use) 6254 { 6255 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); 6256 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 6257 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); 6258 # endif 6259 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 6260 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); 6261 # endif 6262 } 6263 # endif 6264 6265 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items. 6266 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point. 6267 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data. 6268 */ 6269 #endif 6270 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6271 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name"); 6272 #endif 6273 restore_cterm_colors(); 6274 6275 /* 6276 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults. 6277 */ 6278 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) 6279 highlight_clear(idx); 6280 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE); 6281 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6282 if (gui.in_use) 6283 highlight_gui_started(); 6284 #endif 6285 highlight_changed(); 6286 redraw_later_clear(); 6287 return; 6288 } 6289 name_end = skiptowhite(line); 6290 linep = skipwhite(name_end); 6291 } 6292 6293 /* 6294 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it. 6295 */ 6296 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line)); 6297 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */ 6298 return; 6299 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */ 6300 6301 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */ 6302 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE)) 6303 return; 6304 6305 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0) 6306 is_normal_group = TRUE; 6307 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 6308 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0) 6309 is_menu_group = TRUE; 6310 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0) 6311 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE; 6312 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0) 6313 is_tooltip_group = TRUE; 6314 #endif 6315 6316 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */ 6317 if (doclear || (forceit && init)) 6318 { 6319 highlight_clear(idx); 6320 if (!doclear) 6321 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0; 6322 } 6323 6324 if (!doclear) 6325 while (!ends_excmd(*linep)) 6326 { 6327 key_start = linep; 6328 if (*linep == '=') 6329 { 6330 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start); 6331 error = TRUE; 6332 break; 6333 } 6334 6335 /* 6336 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or 6337 * "guibg"). 6338 */ 6339 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=') 6340 ++linep; 6341 vim_free(key); 6342 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start)); 6343 if (key == NULL) 6344 { 6345 error = TRUE; 6346 break; 6347 } 6348 linep = skipwhite(linep); 6349 6350 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0) 6351 { 6352 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0) 6353 { 6354 if (!init) 6355 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI; 6356 highlight_clear(idx); 6357 } 6358 continue; 6359 } 6360 6361 /* 6362 * Check for the equal sign. 6363 */ 6364 if (*linep != '=') 6365 { 6366 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start); 6367 error = TRUE; 6368 break; 6369 } 6370 ++linep; 6371 6372 /* 6373 * Isolate the argument. 6374 */ 6375 linep = skipwhite(linep); 6376 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */ 6377 { 6378 arg_start = ++linep; 6379 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\''); 6380 if (linep == NULL) 6381 { 6382 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start); 6383 error = TRUE; 6384 break; 6385 } 6386 } 6387 else 6388 { 6389 arg_start = linep; 6390 linep = skiptowhite(linep); 6391 } 6392 if (linep == arg_start) 6393 { 6394 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start); 6395 error = TRUE; 6396 break; 6397 } 6398 vim_free(arg); 6399 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start)); 6400 if (arg == NULL) 6401 { 6402 error = TRUE; 6403 break; 6404 } 6405 if (*linep == '\'') 6406 ++linep; 6407 6408 /* 6409 * Store the argument. 6410 */ 6411 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0 6412 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0 6413 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0) 6414 { 6415 attr = 0; 6416 off = 0; 6417 while (arg[off] != NUL) 6418 { 6419 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; ) 6420 { 6421 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]); 6422 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0) 6423 { 6424 attr |= hl_attr_table[i]; 6425 off += len; 6426 break; 6427 } 6428 } 6429 if (i < 0) 6430 { 6431 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg); 6432 error = TRUE; 6433 break; 6434 } 6435 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */ 6436 ++off; 6437 } 6438 if (error) 6439 break; 6440 if (*key == 'T') 6441 { 6442 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM)) 6443 { 6444 if (!init) 6445 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM; 6446 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr; 6447 } 6448 } 6449 else if (*key == 'C') 6450 { 6451 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM)) 6452 { 6453 if (!init) 6454 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM; 6455 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr; 6456 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; 6457 } 6458 } 6459 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6460 else 6461 { 6462 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) 6463 { 6464 if (!init) 6465 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; 6466 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr; 6467 } 6468 } 6469 #endif 6470 } 6471 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0) 6472 { 6473 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */ 6474 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6475 if (!gui.shell_created) 6476 { 6477 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */ 6478 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); 6479 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); 6480 } 6481 else 6482 { 6483 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font; 6484 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 6485 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; 6486 # endif 6487 /* First, save the current font/fontset. 6488 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset. 6489 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR 6490 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively. 6491 */ 6492 6493 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; 6494 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 6495 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; 6496 # endif 6497 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group, 6498 is_tooltip_group); 6499 6500 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 6501 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET) 6502 { 6503 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was 6504 * one. 6505 */ 6506 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset); 6507 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); 6508 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); 6509 } 6510 else 6511 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset; 6512 # endif 6513 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT) 6514 { 6515 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was 6516 * one. 6517 */ 6518 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font); 6519 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); 6520 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); 6521 } 6522 else 6523 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font; 6524 } 6525 #endif 6526 } 6527 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0) 6528 { 6529 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM)) 6530 { 6531 if (!init) 6532 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM; 6533 6534 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold" 6535 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */ 6536 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold) 6537 { 6538 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD; 6539 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; 6540 } 6541 6542 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg)) 6543 color = atoi((char *)arg); 6544 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0) 6545 { 6546 if (cterm_normal_fg_color) 6547 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1; 6548 else 6549 { 6550 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown")); 6551 error = TRUE; 6552 break; 6553 } 6554 } 6555 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0) 6556 { 6557 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 6558 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1; 6559 else 6560 { 6561 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown")); 6562 error = TRUE; 6563 break; 6564 } 6565 } 6566 else 6567 { 6568 static char *(color_names[28]) = { 6569 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan", 6570 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow", 6571 "Gray", "Grey", 6572 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey", 6573 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen", 6574 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta", 6575 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"}; 6576 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3, 6577 4, 5, 6, 6, 6578 7, 7, 6579 7, 7, 8, 8, 6580 9, 9, 10, 10, 6581 11, 11, 12, 12, 13, 6582 13, 14, 14, 15, -1}; 6583 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */ 6584 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, 6585 1, 5, 32, 72, 6586 84, 84, 6587 7, 7, 82, 82, 6588 12, 43, 10, 61, 6589 14, 63, 9, 74, 13, 6590 75, 11, 78, 15, -1}; 6591 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */ 6592 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, 6593 1, 5, 130, 130, 6594 248, 248, 6595 7, 7, 242, 242, 6596 12, 81, 10, 121, 6597 14, 159, 9, 224, 13, 6598 225, 11, 229, 15, -1}; 6599 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */ 6600 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, 6601 1, 5, 3, 3, 6602 7, 7, 6603 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8, 6604 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8, 6605 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8, 6606 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1}; 6607 #if defined(__QNXNTO__) 6608 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8; 6609 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */ 6610 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0) 6611 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16; 6612 #endif 6613 6614 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */ 6615 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg); 6616 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) 6617 if (off == color_names[i][0] 6618 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0) 6619 break; 6620 if (i < 0) 6621 { 6622 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start); 6623 error = TRUE; 6624 break; 6625 } 6626 6627 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */ 6628 color = color_numbers_16[i]; 6629 if (color >= 0) 6630 { 6631 if (t_colors == 8) 6632 { 6633 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */ 6634 #if defined(__QNXNTO__) 6635 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i]; 6636 #else 6637 color = color_numbers_8[i]; 6638 #endif 6639 if (key[5] == 'F') 6640 { 6641 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground 6642 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */ 6643 if (color & 8) 6644 { 6645 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD; 6646 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE; 6647 } 6648 else 6649 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD; 6650 } 6651 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */ 6652 } 6653 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88 6654 || t_colors == 256) 6655 { 6656 /* 6657 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is 6658 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed 6659 * order for colors. 6660 */ 6661 if (*T_CAF != NUL) 6662 p = T_CAF; 6663 else 6664 p = T_CSF; 6665 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm') 6666 switch (t_colors) 6667 { 6668 case 16: 6669 color = color_numbers_8[i]; 6670 break; 6671 case 88: 6672 color = color_numbers_88[i]; 6673 break; 6674 case 256: 6675 color = color_numbers_256[i]; 6676 break; 6677 } 6678 } 6679 } 6680 } 6681 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */ 6682 if (key[5] == 'F') 6683 { 6684 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1; 6685 if (is_normal_group) 6686 { 6687 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1; 6688 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD); 6689 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6690 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */ 6691 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting) 6692 #endif 6693 { 6694 must_redraw = CLEAR; 6695 if (termcap_active) 6696 term_fg_color(color); 6697 } 6698 } 6699 } 6700 else 6701 { 6702 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1; 6703 if (is_normal_group) 6704 { 6705 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1; 6706 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6707 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */ 6708 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting) 6709 #endif 6710 { 6711 must_redraw = CLEAR; 6712 if (termcap_active) 6713 term_bg_color(color); 6714 if (t_colors < 16) 6715 i = (color == 0 || color == 4); 6716 else 6717 i = (color < 7 || color == 8); 6718 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */ 6719 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd')) 6720 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L, 6721 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0); 6722 } 6723 } 6724 } 6725 } 6726 } 6727 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0) 6728 { 6729 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */ 6730 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) 6731 { 6732 if (!init) 6733 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; 6734 6735 i = color_name2handle(arg); 6736 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) 6737 { 6738 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i; 6739 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); 6740 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE")) 6741 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg); 6742 else 6743 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL; 6744 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 6745 if (is_menu_group) 6746 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i; 6747 if (is_scrollbar_group) 6748 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i; 6749 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 6750 if (is_tooltip_group) 6751 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i; 6752 # endif 6753 do_colors = TRUE; 6754 # endif 6755 } 6756 } 6757 #endif 6758 } 6759 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0) 6760 { 6761 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */ 6762 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) 6763 { 6764 if (!init) 6765 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; 6766 6767 i = color_name2handle(arg); 6768 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) 6769 { 6770 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i; 6771 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); 6772 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE")) 6773 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg); 6774 else 6775 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL; 6776 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 6777 if (is_menu_group) 6778 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i; 6779 if (is_scrollbar_group) 6780 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i; 6781 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 6782 if (is_tooltip_group) 6783 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i; 6784 # endif 6785 do_colors = TRUE; 6786 # endif 6787 } 6788 } 6789 #endif 6790 } 6791 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0) 6792 { 6793 char_u buf[100]; 6794 char_u *tname; 6795 6796 if (!init) 6797 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM; 6798 6799 /* 6800 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape 6801 * sequence, or a comma seperated list of terminal codes. 6802 */ 6803 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0) 6804 { 6805 off = 0; 6806 buf[0] = 0; 6807 while (arg[off] != NUL) 6808 { 6809 /* Isolate one termcap name */ 6810 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] && 6811 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len) 6812 ; 6813 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len); 6814 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */ 6815 { 6816 error = TRUE; 6817 break; 6818 } 6819 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */ 6820 p = get_term_code(tname); 6821 vim_free(tname); 6822 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */ 6823 p = (char_u *)""; 6824 6825 /* Append it to the already found stuff */ 6826 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99) 6827 { 6828 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg); 6829 error = TRUE; 6830 break; 6831 } 6832 STRCAT(buf, p); 6833 6834 /* Advance to the next item */ 6835 off += len; 6836 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */ 6837 ++off; 6838 } 6839 } 6840 else 6841 { 6842 /* 6843 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes. 6844 */ 6845 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; ) 6846 { 6847 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE); 6848 if (len) /* recognized special char */ 6849 off += len; 6850 else /* copy as normal char */ 6851 buf[off++] = *p++; 6852 } 6853 buf[off] = NUL; 6854 } 6855 if (error) 6856 break; 6857 6858 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */ 6859 p = NULL; 6860 else 6861 p = vim_strsave(buf); 6862 if (key[2] == 'A') 6863 { 6864 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start); 6865 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p; 6866 } 6867 else 6868 { 6869 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop); 6870 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p; 6871 } 6872 } 6873 else 6874 { 6875 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start); 6876 error = TRUE; 6877 break; 6878 } 6879 6880 /* 6881 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it. 6882 */ 6883 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)) 6884 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0; 6885 6886 /* 6887 * Continue with next argument. 6888 */ 6889 linep = skipwhite(linep); 6890 } 6891 6892 /* 6893 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table. 6894 */ 6895 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len) 6896 syn_unadd_group(); 6897 else 6898 { 6899 if (is_normal_group) 6900 { 6901 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0; 6902 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0; 6903 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6904 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0; 6905 /* 6906 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg" 6907 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now. 6908 */ 6909 if (gui.in_use) 6910 highlight_gui_started(); 6911 #endif 6912 } 6913 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 6914 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 6915 else if (is_menu_group) 6916 { 6917 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) 6918 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); 6919 } 6920 # endif 6921 else if (is_scrollbar_group) 6922 { 6923 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) 6924 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); 6925 } 6926 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 6927 else if (is_tooltip_group) 6928 { 6929 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) 6930 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); 6931 } 6932 # endif 6933 #endif 6934 else 6935 set_hl_attr(idx); 6936 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 6937 } 6938 vim_free(key); 6939 vim_free(arg); 6940 6941 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */ 6942 need_highlight_changed = TRUE; 6943 } 6944 6945 /* 6946 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if 6947 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero. 6948 */ 6949 void 6950 restore_cterm_colors() 6951 { 6952 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32)) 6953 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user 6954 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default 6955 * background/foreground colors. */ 6956 mch_set_normal_colors(); 6957 #else 6958 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0; 6959 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0; 6960 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0; 6961 #endif 6962 } 6963 6964 /* 6965 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings. 6966 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link. 6967 */ 6968 static int 6969 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link) 6970 int idx; 6971 int check_link; 6972 { 6973 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0 6974 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0 6975 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6976 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0 6977 #endif 6978 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))); 6979 } 6980 6981 /* 6982 * Clear highlighting for one group. 6983 */ 6984 static void 6985 highlight_clear(idx) 6986 int idx; 6987 { 6988 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0; 6989 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start); 6990 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL; 6991 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop); 6992 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL; 6993 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0; 6994 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0; 6995 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; 6996 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0; 6997 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0; 6998 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0; 6999 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */ 7000 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0; 7001 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR; 7002 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); 7003 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL; 7004 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR; 7005 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); 7006 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL; 7007 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font); 7008 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; 7009 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7010 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset); 7011 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; 7012 # endif 7013 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); 7014 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL; 7015 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0; 7016 #endif 7017 } 7018 7019 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 7020 /* 7021 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal" 7022 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and 7023 * "Tooltip" colors. 7024 */ 7025 void 7026 set_normal_colors() 7027 { 7028 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal", 7029 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel, FALSE, TRUE, 7030 FALSE)) 7031 { 7032 gui_mch_new_colors(); 7033 must_redraw = CLEAR; 7034 } 7035 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 7036 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu", 7037 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel, TRUE, FALSE, 7038 FALSE)) 7039 { 7040 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 7041 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); 7042 # endif 7043 must_redraw = CLEAR; 7044 } 7045 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 7046 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip", 7047 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel, 7048 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) 7049 { 7050 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR 7051 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); 7052 # endif 7053 must_redraw = CLEAR; 7054 } 7055 #endif 7056 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar", 7057 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel, FALSE, FALSE, 7058 FALSE)) 7059 { 7060 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); 7061 must_redraw = CLEAR; 7062 } 7063 #endif 7064 } 7065 7066 /* 7067 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar". 7068 */ 7069 static int 7070 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip) 7071 char_u *name; 7072 guicolor_T *fgp; 7073 guicolor_T *bgp; 7074 int do_menu; 7075 int use_norm; 7076 int do_tooltip; 7077 { 7078 int idx; 7079 7080 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1; 7081 if (idx >= 0) 7082 { 7083 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip); 7084 7085 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR) 7086 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg; 7087 else if (use_norm) 7088 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel; 7089 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR) 7090 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg; 7091 else if (use_norm) 7092 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel; 7093 return TRUE; 7094 } 7095 return FALSE; 7096 } 7097 7098 /* 7099 * Get the font of the "Normal" group. 7100 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set. 7101 */ 7102 char_u * 7103 hl_get_font_name() 7104 { 7105 int id; 7106 char_u *s; 7107 7108 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); 7109 if (id > 0) 7110 { 7111 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name; 7112 if (s != NULL) 7113 return s; 7114 } 7115 return (char_u *)""; 7116 } 7117 7118 /* 7119 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has 7120 * actually chosen to be used. 7121 */ 7122 void 7123 hl_set_font_name(font_name) 7124 char_u *font_name; 7125 { 7126 int id; 7127 7128 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); 7129 if (id > 0) 7130 { 7131 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name); 7132 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name); 7133 } 7134 } 7135 7136 /* 7137 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color() 7138 * when the color is known. 7139 */ 7140 void 7141 hl_set_bg_color_name(name) 7142 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */ 7143 { 7144 int id; 7145 7146 if (name != NULL) 7147 { 7148 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); 7149 if (id > 0) 7150 { 7151 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name); 7152 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name; 7153 } 7154 } 7155 } 7156 7157 /* 7158 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color() 7159 * when the color is known. 7160 */ 7161 void 7162 hl_set_fg_color_name(name) 7163 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */ 7164 { 7165 int id; 7166 7167 if (name != NULL) 7168 { 7169 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); 7170 if (id > 0) 7171 { 7172 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name); 7173 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name; 7174 } 7175 } 7176 } 7177 7178 /* 7179 * Return the handle for a color name. 7180 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed. 7181 */ 7182 static guicolor_T 7183 color_name2handle(name) 7184 char_u *name; 7185 { 7186 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) 7187 return INVALCOLOR; 7188 7189 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0) 7190 return gui.norm_pixel; 7191 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0) 7192 return gui.back_pixel; 7193 7194 return gui_get_color(name); 7195 } 7196 7197 /* 7198 * Return the handle for a font name. 7199 * Returns NOFONT when failed. 7200 */ 7201 static GuiFont 7202 font_name2handle(name) 7203 char_u *name; 7204 { 7205 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) 7206 return NOFONT; 7207 7208 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE); 7209 } 7210 7211 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7212 /* 7213 * Return the handle for a fontset name. 7214 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed. 7215 */ 7216 static GuiFontset 7217 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width) 7218 char_u *name; 7219 int fixed_width; 7220 { 7221 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) 7222 return NOFONTSET; 7223 7224 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width); 7225 } 7226 # endif 7227 7228 /* 7229 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group. 7230 */ 7231 /*ARGSUSED*/ 7232 static void 7233 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip) 7234 int idx; 7235 char_u *arg; 7236 int do_normal; /* set normal font */ 7237 int do_menu; /* set menu font */ 7238 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */ 7239 { 7240 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7241 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a 7242 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */ 7243 if (*p_guifontset != NUL 7244 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS 7245 || do_menu 7246 # endif 7247 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP 7248 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */ 7249 || do_tooltip 7250 # endif 7251 ) 7252 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0 7253 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS 7254 || do_menu 7255 # endif 7256 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP 7257 || do_tooltip 7258 # endif 7259 ); 7260 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET) 7261 { 7262 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the 7263 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */ 7264 if (do_normal) 7265 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE); 7266 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU) 7267 if (do_menu) 7268 { 7269 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS 7270 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; 7271 # else 7272 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */ 7273 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; 7274 # endif 7275 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); 7276 } 7277 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 7278 if (do_tooltip) 7279 { 7280 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between 7281 * displaying a single font and a fontset. 7282 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget 7283 * creation, then a fontset is always used, othwise an 7284 * XFontStruct is used. 7285 */ 7286 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; 7287 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font(); 7288 } 7289 # endif 7290 # endif 7291 } 7292 else 7293 # endif 7294 { 7295 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg); 7296 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the 7297 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */ 7298 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT) 7299 { 7300 if (do_normal) 7301 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE); 7302 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS 7303 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU) 7304 if (do_menu) 7305 { 7306 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font; 7307 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); 7308 } 7309 # endif 7310 #endif 7311 } 7312 } 7313 } 7314 7315 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */ 7316 7317 /* 7318 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number. 7319 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the 7320 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer. 7321 */ 7322 garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; 7323 7324 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] 7325 7326 garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; 7327 7328 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] 7329 7330 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7331 garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; 7332 7333 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] 7334 #endif 7335 7336 /* 7337 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font. 7338 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table 7339 * if the combination is new. 7340 * Return 0 for error (no more room). 7341 */ 7342 static int 7343 get_attr_entry(table, aep) 7344 garray_T *table; 7345 attrentry_T *aep; 7346 { 7347 int i; 7348 attrentry_T *gap; 7349 static int recursive = FALSE; 7350 7351 /* 7352 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet. 7353 */ 7354 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T); 7355 table->ga_growsize = 7; 7356 7357 /* 7358 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications. 7359 */ 7360 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i) 7361 { 7362 gap = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]); 7363 if ( aep->ae_attr == gap->ae_attr 7364 && ( 7365 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7366 (table == &gui_attr_table 7367 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == gap->ae_u.gui.fg_color 7368 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color == gap->ae_u.gui.bg_color 7369 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == gap->ae_u.gui.font 7370 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7371 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == gap->ae_u.gui.fontset 7372 # endif 7373 )) 7374 || 7375 #endif 7376 (table == &term_attr_table 7377 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) == 7378 (gap->ae_u.term.start == NULL) 7379 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL 7380 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start, 7381 gap->ae_u.term.start) == 0) 7382 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) == 7383 (gap->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) 7384 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL 7385 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, 7386 gap->ae_u.term.stop) == 0)) 7387 || (table == &cterm_attr_table 7388 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color == gap->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 7389 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color == gap->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 7390 )) 7391 7392 return i + ATTR_OFF; 7393 } 7394 7395 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF == 256) 7396 { 7397 /* 7398 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and 7399 * compute new ones for all groups. 7400 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers. 7401 */ 7402 if (recursive) 7403 { 7404 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use")); 7405 return 0; 7406 } 7407 recursive = TRUE; 7408 7409 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7410 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table); 7411 #endif 7412 ga_clear(&term_attr_table); 7413 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table); 7414 must_redraw = CLEAR; 7415 7416 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i) 7417 set_hl_attr(i); 7418 7419 recursive = FALSE; 7420 } 7421 7422 /* 7423 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry. 7424 */ 7425 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL) 7426 return 0; 7427 7428 gap = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]); 7429 vim_memset(gap, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T)); 7430 gap->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr; 7431 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7432 if (table == &gui_attr_table) 7433 { 7434 gap->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color; 7435 gap->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color; 7436 gap->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font; 7437 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7438 gap->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset; 7439 # endif 7440 } 7441 #endif 7442 if (table == &term_attr_table) 7443 { 7444 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) 7445 gap->ae_u.term.start = NULL; 7446 else 7447 gap->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start); 7448 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) 7449 gap->ae_u.term.stop = NULL; 7450 else 7451 gap->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 7452 } 7453 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table) 7454 { 7455 gap->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color; 7456 gap->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color; 7457 } 7458 ++table->ga_len; 7459 --table->ga_room; 7460 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF); 7461 } 7462 7463 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7464 7465 attrentry_T * 7466 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr) 7467 int attr; 7468 { 7469 attr -= ATTR_OFF; 7470 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7471 return NULL; 7472 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); 7473 } 7474 7475 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */ 7476 7477 attrentry_T * 7478 syn_term_attr2entry(attr) 7479 int attr; 7480 { 7481 attr -= ATTR_OFF; 7482 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7483 return NULL; 7484 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); 7485 } 7486 7487 attrentry_T * 7488 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr) 7489 int attr; 7490 { 7491 attr -= ATTR_OFF; 7492 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7493 return NULL; 7494 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); 7495 } 7496 7497 #define LIST_ATTR 1 7498 #define LIST_STRING 2 7499 #define LIST_INT 3 7500 7501 static void 7502 highlight_list_one(id) 7503 int id; 7504 { 7505 struct hl_group *sgp; 7506 int didh = FALSE; 7507 7508 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ 7509 7510 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, 7511 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term"); 7512 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 7513 0, sgp->sg_start, "start"); 7514 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 7515 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop"); 7516 7517 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, 7518 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm"); 7519 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT, 7520 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg"); 7521 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT, 7522 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg"); 7523 7524 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7525 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, 7526 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui"); 7527 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 7528 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg"); 7529 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 7530 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg"); 7531 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 7532 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font"); 7533 #endif 7534 7535 if (sgp->sg_link) 7536 { 7537 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id); 7538 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D)); 7539 msg_putchar(' '); 7540 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name); 7541 } 7542 } 7543 7544 static int 7545 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name) 7546 int id; 7547 int didh; 7548 int type; 7549 int iarg; 7550 char_u *sarg; 7551 char *name; 7552 { 7553 char_u buf[100]; 7554 char_u *ts; 7555 int i; 7556 7557 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0)) 7558 { 7559 ts = buf; 7560 if (type == LIST_INT) 7561 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1); 7562 else if (type == LIST_STRING) 7563 ts = sarg; 7564 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */ 7565 { 7566 buf[0] = NUL; 7567 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i) 7568 { 7569 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i]) 7570 { 7571 if (buf[0] != NUL) 7572 STRCAT(buf, ","); 7573 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]); 7574 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */ 7575 } 7576 } 7577 } 7578 7579 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 7580 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id); 7581 didh = TRUE; 7582 7583 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D)); 7584 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D)); 7585 msg_outtrans(ts); 7586 } 7587 return didh; 7588 } 7589 7590 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO) 7591 /* 7592 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag". 7593 * Return NULL otherwise. 7594 */ 7595 char_u * 7596 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec) 7597 int id; 7598 int flag; 7599 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */ 7600 { 7601 int attr; 7602 7603 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) 7604 return NULL; 7605 7606 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7607 if (modec == 'g') 7608 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui; 7609 else 7610 #endif 7611 if (modec == 'c') 7612 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm; 7613 else 7614 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term; 7615 7616 if (attr & flag) 7617 return (char_u *)"1"; 7618 return NULL; 7619 } 7620 #endif 7621 7622 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO) 7623 /* 7624 * Return color name of highlight group "id". 7625 */ 7626 char_u * 7627 highlight_color(id, what, modec) 7628 int id; 7629 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "fg#" or "bg#" */ 7630 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */ 7631 { 7632 static char_u name[20]; 7633 int n; 7634 int fg; 7635 7636 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) 7637 return NULL; 7638 7639 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f') 7640 fg = TRUE; 7641 else 7642 fg = FALSE; 7643 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7644 if (modec == 'g') 7645 { 7646 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */ 7647 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#') 7648 { 7649 guicolor_T color; 7650 long_u rgb; 7651 static char_u buf[10]; 7652 7653 if (fg) 7654 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; 7655 else 7656 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; 7657 if (color == INVALCOLOR) 7658 return NULL; 7659 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color); 7660 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x", 7661 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16), 7662 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255, 7663 (unsigned)rgb & 255); 7664 return buf; 7665 } 7666 if (fg) 7667 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name); 7668 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name); 7669 } 7670 #endif 7671 if (modec == 'c') 7672 { 7673 if (fg) 7674 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1; 7675 else 7676 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1; 7677 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n); 7678 return name; 7679 } 7680 /* term doesn't have color */ 7681 return NULL; 7682 } 7683 #endif 7684 7685 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \ 7686 || defined(PROTO) 7687 /* 7688 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value. 7689 */ 7690 long_u 7691 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg) 7692 int id; 7693 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */ 7694 { 7695 guicolor_T color; 7696 7697 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) 7698 return 0L; 7699 7700 if (fg) 7701 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; 7702 else 7703 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; 7704 7705 if (color == INVALCOLOR) 7706 return 0L; 7707 7708 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color); 7709 } 7710 #endif 7711 7712 /* 7713 * Output the syntax list header. 7714 * Return TRUE when started a new line. 7715 */ 7716 static int 7717 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id) 7718 int did_header; /* did header already */ 7719 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */ 7720 int id; /* highlight group id */ 7721 { 7722 int endcol = 19; 7723 int newline = TRUE; 7724 7725 if (!did_header) 7726 { 7727 msg_putchar('\n'); 7728 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name); 7729 endcol = 15; 7730 } 7731 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns) 7732 msg_putchar('\n'); 7733 else 7734 { 7735 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */ 7736 newline = FALSE; 7737 } 7738 7739 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */ 7740 endcol = msg_col + 1; 7741 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */ 7742 endcol = Columns - 1; 7743 7744 msg_advance(endcol); 7745 7746 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */ 7747 if (!did_header) 7748 { 7749 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id)); 7750 msg_putchar(' '); 7751 } 7752 7753 return newline; 7754 } 7755 7756 /* 7757 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group. 7758 * Called after one of the attributes has changed. 7759 */ 7760 static void 7761 set_hl_attr(idx) 7762 int idx; /* index in array */ 7763 { 7764 attrentry_T at_en; 7765 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx; 7766 7767 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */ 7768 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0) 7769 return; 7770 7771 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7772 /* 7773 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting 7774 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number. 7775 */ 7776 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR 7777 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR 7778 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT 7779 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7780 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET 7781 # endif 7782 ) 7783 { 7784 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui; 7785 } 7786 else 7787 { 7788 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui; 7789 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg; 7790 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg; 7791 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font; 7792 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7793 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset; 7794 # endif 7795 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en); 7796 } 7797 #endif 7798 /* 7799 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting 7800 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number. 7801 */ 7802 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL) 7803 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term; 7804 else 7805 { 7806 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term; 7807 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start; 7808 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop; 7809 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en); 7810 } 7811 7812 /* 7813 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal" 7814 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number. 7815 */ 7816 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0) 7817 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm; 7818 else 7819 { 7820 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm; 7821 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg; 7822 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg; 7823 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en); 7824 } 7825 } 7826 7827 /* 7828 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID. 7829 * If it is not found, 0 is returned. 7830 */ 7831 int 7832 syn_name2id(name) 7833 char_u *name; 7834 { 7835 int i; 7836 char_u name_u[200]; 7837 7838 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */ 7839 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars 7840 * don't deserve to be found! */ 7841 STRNCPY(name_u, name, 199); 7842 name_u[199] = NUL; 7843 vim_strup(name_u); 7844 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 7845 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL 7846 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0) 7847 break; 7848 return i + 1; 7849 } 7850 7851 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 7852 /* 7853 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists. 7854 */ 7855 int 7856 highlight_exists(name) 7857 char_u *name; 7858 { 7859 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0); 7860 } 7861 #endif 7862 7863 /* 7864 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument. 7865 */ 7866 int 7867 syn_namen2id(linep, len) 7868 char_u *linep; 7869 int len; 7870 { 7871 char_u *name; 7872 int id = 0; 7873 7874 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len); 7875 if (name != NULL) 7876 { 7877 id = syn_name2id(name); 7878 vim_free(name); 7879 } 7880 return id; 7881 } 7882 7883 /* 7884 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID. 7885 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name. 7886 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created. 7887 * Return 0 for failure. 7888 */ 7889 int 7890 syn_check_group(pp, len) 7891 char_u *pp; 7892 int len; 7893 { 7894 int id; 7895 char_u *name; 7896 7897 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len); 7898 if (name == NULL) 7899 return 0; 7900 7901 id = syn_name2id(name); 7902 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */ 7903 id = syn_add_group(name); 7904 else 7905 vim_free(name); 7906 return id; 7907 } 7908 7909 /* 7910 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID. 7911 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed. 7912 * Return 0 for failure. 7913 */ 7914 static int 7915 syn_add_group(name) 7916 char_u *name; 7917 { 7918 char_u *p; 7919 7920 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */ 7921 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p) 7922 { 7923 if (!vim_isprintc(*p)) 7924 { 7925 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name")); 7926 return 0; 7927 } 7928 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_') 7929 { 7930 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only 7931 * give a warning. */ 7932 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); 7933 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name")); 7934 break; 7935 } 7936 } 7937 7938 /* 7939 * First call for this growarray: init growing array. 7940 */ 7941 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL) 7942 { 7943 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group); 7944 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10; 7945 } 7946 7947 /* 7948 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry. 7949 */ 7950 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL) 7951 { 7952 vim_free(name); 7953 return 0; 7954 } 7955 7956 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); 7957 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name; 7958 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); 7959 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7960 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR; 7961 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR; 7962 #endif 7963 ++highlight_ga.ga_len; 7964 --highlight_ga.ga_room; 7965 7966 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */ 7967 } 7968 7969 /* 7970 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this 7971 * function deletes the new name. 7972 */ 7973 static void 7974 syn_unadd_group() 7975 { 7976 --highlight_ga.ga_len; 7977 ++highlight_ga.ga_room; 7978 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name); 7979 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u); 7980 } 7981 7982 /* 7983 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes. 7984 */ 7985 int 7986 syn_id2attr(hl_id) 7987 int hl_id; 7988 { 7989 int attr; 7990 struct hl_group *sgp; 7991 7992 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id); 7993 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ 7994 7995 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7996 /* 7997 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used. 7998 */ 7999 if (gui.in_use) 8000 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr; 8001 else 8002 #endif 8003 if (t_colors > 1) 8004 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr; 8005 else 8006 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr; 8007 8008 return attr; 8009 } 8010 8011 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8012 /* 8013 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID. 8014 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise. 8015 */ 8016 int 8017 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp) 8018 int hl_id; 8019 guicolor_T *fgp; 8020 guicolor_T *bgp; 8021 { 8022 struct hl_group *sgp; 8023 8024 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id); 8025 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ 8026 8027 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg; 8028 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg; 8029 return sgp->sg_gui; 8030 } 8031 #endif 8032 8033 /* 8034 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links). 8035 */ 8036 int 8037 syn_get_final_id(hl_id) 8038 int hl_id; 8039 { 8040 int count; 8041 struct hl_group *sgp; 8042 8043 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1) 8044 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */ 8045 8046 /* 8047 * Follow links until there is no more. 8048 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links. 8049 */ 8050 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; ) 8051 { 8052 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ 8053 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len) 8054 break; 8055 hl_id = sgp->sg_link; 8056 } 8057 8058 return hl_id; 8059 } 8060 8061 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8062 /* 8063 * Call this function just after the GUI has started. 8064 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups. 8065 */ 8066 void 8067 highlight_gui_started() 8068 { 8069 int idx; 8070 8071 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */ 8072 set_normal_colors(); 8073 8074 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) 8075 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE); 8076 8077 highlight_changed(); 8078 } 8079 8080 static void 8081 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip) 8082 int idx; 8083 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */ 8084 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */ 8085 { 8086 int didit = FALSE; 8087 8088 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL) 8089 { 8090 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu, 8091 do_tooltip); 8092 didit = TRUE; 8093 } 8094 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL) 8095 { 8096 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = 8097 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); 8098 didit = TRUE; 8099 } 8100 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL) 8101 { 8102 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = 8103 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); 8104 didit = TRUE; 8105 } 8106 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */ 8107 set_hl_attr(idx); 8108 } 8109 8110 #endif 8111 8112 /* 8113 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and 8114 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of 8115 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed. 8116 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first 8117 * screen redraw after any :highlight command. 8118 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise. 8119 */ 8120 int 8121 highlight_changed() 8122 { 8123 int hlf; 8124 int i; 8125 char_u *p; 8126 int attr; 8127 char_u *end; 8128 int id; 8129 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT 8130 char_u userhl[10]; 8131 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8132 int id_SNC = -1; 8133 int id_S = -1; 8134 int hlcnt; 8135 # endif 8136 #endif 8137 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS; 8138 8139 need_highlight_changed = FALSE; 8140 8141 /* 8142 * Clear all attributes. 8143 */ 8144 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf) 8145 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0; 8146 8147 /* 8148 * First set all attributes to their default value. 8149 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option. 8150 */ 8151 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) 8152 { 8153 if (i) 8154 p = p_hl; 8155 else 8156 p = get_highlight_default(); 8157 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */ 8158 continue; 8159 8160 while (*p) 8161 { 8162 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf) 8163 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p) 8164 break; 8165 ++p; 8166 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL) 8167 return FAIL; 8168 8169 /* 8170 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for 8171 * bold-underlined. 8172 */ 8173 attr = 0; 8174 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */ 8175 { 8176 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */ 8177 continue; 8178 8179 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */ 8180 return FAIL; 8181 8182 switch (*p) 8183 { 8184 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD; 8185 break; 8186 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC; 8187 break; 8188 case '-': 8189 case 'n': /* no highlighting */ 8190 break; 8191 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE; 8192 break; 8193 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT; 8194 break; 8195 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE; 8196 break; 8197 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */ 8198 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */ 8199 return FAIL; 8200 end = vim_strchr(p, ','); 8201 if (end == NULL) 8202 end = p + STRLEN(p); 8203 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p)); 8204 if (id == 0) 8205 return FAIL; 8206 attr = syn_id2attr(id); 8207 p = end - 1; 8208 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT) 8209 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC) 8210 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id); 8211 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S) 8212 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id); 8213 #endif 8214 break; 8215 default: return FAIL; 8216 } 8217 } 8218 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr; 8219 8220 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */ 8221 } 8222 } 8223 8224 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT 8225 /* Setup the user highlights 8226 * 8227 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there 8228 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry() 8229 */ 8230 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8231 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL) 8232 return FAIL; 8233 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len; 8234 if (id_S == 0) 8235 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */ 8236 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); 8237 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S]; 8238 id_S = hlcnt + 10; 8239 } 8240 # endif 8241 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) 8242 { 8243 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1); 8244 id = syn_name2id(userhl); 8245 if (id == 0) 8246 { 8247 highlight_user[i] = 0; 8248 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8249 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0; 8250 # endif 8251 } 8252 else 8253 { 8254 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8255 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE(); 8256 # endif 8257 8258 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id); 8259 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8260 if (id_SNC == 0) 8261 { 8262 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); 8263 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; 8264 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; 8265 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8266 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; 8267 # endif 8268 } 8269 else 8270 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 8271 &hlt[id_SNC - 1], 8272 sizeof(struct hl_group)); 8273 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0; 8274 8275 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */ 8276 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^= 8277 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term; 8278 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start) 8279 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start; 8280 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop) 8281 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop; 8282 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^= 8283 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm; 8284 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg) 8285 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg; 8286 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg) 8287 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg; 8288 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8289 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^= 8290 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui; 8291 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg) 8292 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; 8293 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg) 8294 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; 8295 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font) 8296 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font; 8297 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8298 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset) 8299 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset; 8300 # endif 8301 # endif 8302 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1; 8303 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */ 8304 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1); 8305 # endif 8306 } 8307 } 8308 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8309 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt; 8310 # endif 8311 8312 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */ 8313 8314 return OK; 8315 } 8316 8317 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL 8318 8319 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void)); 8320 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr)); 8321 8322 /* 8323 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command. 8324 */ 8325 void 8326 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg) 8327 expand_T *xp; 8328 char_u *arg; 8329 { 8330 char_u *p; 8331 8332 /* Default: expand group names */ 8333 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; 8334 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 8335 include_link = TRUE; 8336 include_default = TRUE; 8337 8338 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */ 8339 if (*arg != NUL) 8340 { 8341 p = skiptowhite(arg); 8342 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */ 8343 { 8344 include_default = FALSE; 8345 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0) 8346 { 8347 arg = skipwhite(p); 8348 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 8349 p = skiptowhite(arg); 8350 } 8351 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */ 8352 { 8353 include_link = FALSE; 8354 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N') 8355 highlight_list(); 8356 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0 8357 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0) 8358 { 8359 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); 8360 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern); 8361 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */ 8362 { 8363 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); 8364 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern); 8365 } 8366 } 8367 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */ 8368 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8369 } 8370 } 8371 } 8372 } 8373 8374 /* 8375 * List highlighting matches in a nice way. 8376 */ 8377 static void 8378 highlight_list() 8379 { 8380 int i; 8381 8382 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; ) 8383 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D)); 8384 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; ) 8385 highlight_list_two(99, 0); 8386 } 8387 8388 static void 8389 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr) 8390 int cnt; 8391 int attr; 8392 { 8393 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr); 8394 msg_clr_eos(); 8395 out_flush(); 8396 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE); 8397 } 8398 8399 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 8400 8401 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \ 8402 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 8403 /* 8404 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names. 8405 * Also used for synIDattr() function. 8406 */ 8407 /*ARGSUSED*/ 8408 char_u * 8409 get_highlight_name(xp, idx) 8410 expand_T *xp; 8411 int idx; 8412 { 8413 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len 8414 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL 8415 && include_link 8416 #endif 8417 ) 8418 return (char_u *)"link"; 8419 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 1 8420 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL 8421 && include_link 8422 #endif 8423 ) 8424 return (char_u *)"clear"; 8425 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 2 8426 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL 8427 && include_default 8428 #endif 8429 ) 8430 return (char_u *)"default"; 8431 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len) 8432 return NULL; 8433 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name; 8434 } 8435 #endif 8436 8437 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8438 /* 8439 * Free all the highlight group fonts. 8440 * Used when quitting for systems which need it. 8441 */ 8442 void 8443 free_highlight_fonts() 8444 { 8445 int idx; 8446 8447 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) 8448 { 8449 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font); 8450 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; 8451 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8452 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset); 8453 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; 8454 # endif 8455 } 8456 8457 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font); 8458 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8459 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset); 8460 # endif 8461 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2 8462 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font); 8463 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font); 8464 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font); 8465 # endif 8466 } 8467 #endif 8468 8469 /************************************** 8470 * End of Highlighting stuff * 8471 **************************************/ 8472